US20180186751A1 - Halogenopyrazoles as inhibitors of thrombin - Google Patents
Halogenopyrazoles as inhibitors of thrombin Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20180186751A1 US20180186751A1 US15/907,045 US201815907045A US2018186751A1 US 20180186751 A1 US20180186751 A1 US 20180186751A1 US 201815907045 A US201815907045 A US 201815907045A US 2018186751 A1 US2018186751 A1 US 2018186751A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- substituted
- unsubstituted
- compound according
- aryl
- disorder
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 108090000190 Thrombin Proteins 0.000 title abstract description 43
- 229960004072 thrombin Drugs 0.000 title abstract description 41
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 title description 4
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 211
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 135
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 77
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 72
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 63
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 23
- 125000003226 pyrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 5
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 117
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 87
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 69
- 125000000592 heterocycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 68
- 208000007536 Thrombosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 49
- 125000004404 heteroalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 44
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 42
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 42
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 claims description 42
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 39
- 125000001544 thienyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 38
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 34
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 34
- 229940002612 prodrug Drugs 0.000 claims description 31
- 239000000651 prodrug Substances 0.000 claims description 31
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims description 28
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 claims description 25
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 25
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 25
- 125000000928 benzodioxinyl group Chemical group O1C(=COC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 claims description 24
- 125000002541 furyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 24
- 125000002757 morpholinyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 24
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 24
- 125000003566 oxetanyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 24
- 125000002098 pyridazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 24
- 125000000714 pyrimidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 24
- 125000001412 tetrahydropyranyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 24
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 claims description 23
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 claims description 20
- 125000004474 heteroalkylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 20
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 claims description 19
- 125000004366 heterocycloalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 19
- 125000000392 cycloalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 18
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 17
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical class [H]* 0.000 claims description 17
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 claims description 15
- 239000012453 solvate Substances 0.000 claims description 15
- 208000024827 Alzheimer disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 12
- 208000002193 Pain Diseases 0.000 claims description 12
- 206010016654 Fibrosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 11
- 230000004761 fibrosis Effects 0.000 claims description 11
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 claims description 11
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 claims description 10
- 208000004476 Acute Coronary Syndrome Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 208000001435 Thromboembolism Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 230000001269 cardiogenic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 9
- 201000006417 multiple sclerosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 208000004043 venous thromboembolism Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 208000005189 Embolism Diseases 0.000 claims description 8
- 206010014513 Embolism arterial Diseases 0.000 claims description 8
- 206010014522 Embolism venous Diseases 0.000 claims description 8
- 208000009190 disseminated intravascular coagulation Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 abstract description 18
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 abstract description 15
- 150000001491 aromatic compounds Chemical class 0.000 abstract description 4
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 abstract description 3
- -1 4-chlorobutyl Chemical group 0.000 description 146
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 70
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 44
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 39
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 31
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical class 0.000 description 22
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 22
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 22
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 21
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 19
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 17
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 17
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 14
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 14
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 12
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 12
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 12
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 11
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 11
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical compound [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 10
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 10
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 10
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 10
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 10
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- HTTJABKRGRZYRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Heparin Chemical compound OC1C(NC(=O)C)C(O)OC(COS(O)(=O)=O)C1OC1C(OS(O)(=O)=O)C(O)C(OC2C(C(OS(O)(=O)=O)C(OC3C(C(O)C(O)C(O3)C(O)=O)OS(O)(=O)=O)C(CO)O2)NS(O)(=O)=O)C(C(O)=O)O1 HTTJABKRGRZYRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 9
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 9
- 238000001819 mass spectrum Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 9
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 239000003868 thrombin inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 9
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 8
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 8
- 230000015271 coagulation Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000005345 coagulation Methods 0.000 description 8
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 description 8
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- HNJBEVLQSNELDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrrolidin-2-one Chemical compound O=C1CCCN1 HNJBEVLQSNELDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 0 *.C[Y].[1*]CC.[2*]CC.[3*]CC Chemical compound *.C[Y].[1*]CC.[2*]CC.[3*]CC 0.000 description 7
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine Chemical compound FF PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 7
- 229920000669 heparin Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 description 7
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 7
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 description 7
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-WFGJKAKNSA-N Dimethyl sulfoxide Chemical compound [2H]C([2H])([2H])S(=O)C([2H])([2H])[2H] IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-WFGJKAKNSA-N 0.000 description 6
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 6
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 6
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 238000005160 1H NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 5
- WFDIJRYMOXRFFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic anhydride Chemical compound CC(=O)OC(C)=O WFDIJRYMOXRFFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229940123900 Direct thrombin inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 102000007625 Hirudins Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108010007267 Hirudins Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 5
- 239000007832 Na2SO4 Substances 0.000 description 5
- PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Sulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 5
- 239000003146 anticoagulant agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229940127219 anticoagulant drug Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 125000003710 aryl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000012267 brine Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 5
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000004440 column chromatography Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229960000288 dabigatran etexilate Drugs 0.000 description 5
- KSGXQBZTULBEEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N dabigatran etexilate Chemical compound C1=CC(C(N)=NC(=O)OCCCCCC)=CC=C1NCC1=NC2=CC(C(=O)N(CCC(=O)OCC)C=3N=CC=CC=3)=CC=C2N1C KSGXQBZTULBEEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 5
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 239000003480 eluent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 5
- WQPDUTSPKFMPDP-OUMQNGNKSA-N hirudin Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(OS(O)(=O)=O)=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1NC=NC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H]1NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H]([C@@H](C)CC)NC(=O)[C@@H]2CSSC[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@H](C(NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N2)=O)CSSC1)C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H]1NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H]([C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@@H](N)C(C)C)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)O)CSSC1)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)O)[C@@H](C)O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WQPDUTSPKFMPDP-OUMQNGNKSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229940006607 hirudin Drugs 0.000 description 5
- YNESATAKKCNGOF-UHFFFAOYSA-N lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide Chemical compound [Li+].C[Si](C)(C)[N-][Si](C)(C)C YNESATAKKCNGOF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000002207 metabolite Substances 0.000 description 5
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 5
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000000741 silica gel Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229910002027 silica gel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229910052938 sodium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;chloride;hydrate Chemical compound O.[Na+].[Cl-] HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 5
- 239000000829 suppository Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000004083 survival effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- LMDZBCPBFSXMTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide Chemical compound CCN=C=NCCCN(C)C LMDZBCPBFSXMTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000001637 1-naphthyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C2C(*)=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C2=C1[H] 0.000 description 4
- JVSFQJZRHXAUGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2-dimethylpropanoyl chloride Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C(Cl)=O JVSFQJZRHXAUGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-Dimethylaminopyridine Chemical compound CN(C)C1=CC=NC=C1 VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium carbonate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[O-]C([O-])=O VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 4
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 208000032843 Hemorrhage Diseases 0.000 description 4
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 4
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 4
- DKGAVHZHDRPRBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tert-Butanol Chemical compound CC(C)(C)O DKGAVHZHDRPRBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229940122388 Thrombin inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 4
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N Trichloro(2H)methane Chemical compound [2H]C(Cl)(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N 0.000 description 4
- DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trifluoroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(F)(F)F DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 208000027418 Wounds and injury Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 208000034158 bleeding Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 230000000740 bleeding effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 4
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 230000023555 blood coagulation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 210000004556 brain Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000007859 condensation product Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000001559 cyclopropyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 4
- 239000008121 dextrose Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229940088598 enzyme Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 235000019441 ethanol Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- OAYLNYINCPYISS-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl acetate;hexane Chemical compound CCCCCC.CCOC(C)=O OAYLNYINCPYISS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 150000004665 fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000007903 gelatin capsule Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229960002897 heparin Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 125000005549 heteroarylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 239000007937 lozenge Substances 0.000 description 4
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229920000609 methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 235000010981 methylcellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000001923 methylcellulose Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 description 4
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000012044 organic layer Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 4
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 4
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 4
- WWTBZEKOSBFBEM-SPWPXUSOSA-N (2s)-2-[[2-benzyl-3-[hydroxy-[(1r)-2-phenyl-1-(phenylmethoxycarbonylamino)ethyl]phosphoryl]propanoyl]amino]-3-(1h-indol-3-yl)propanoic acid Chemical compound N([C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)O)C(=O)C(CP(O)(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)NC(=O)OCC=1C=CC=CC=1)CC1=CC=CC=C1 WWTBZEKOSBFBEM-SPWPXUSOSA-N 0.000 description 3
- GNFVFPBRMLIKIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-fluoroacetonitrile Chemical compound FCC#N GNFVFPBRMLIKIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 3
- KCBAMQOKOLXLOX-BSZYMOERSA-N CC1=C(SC=N1)C2=CC=C(C=C2)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@@H]3C[C@H](CN3C(=O)[C@H](C(C)(C)C)NC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCNCCCONC(=O)C4=C(C(=C(C=C4)F)F)NC5=C(C=C(C=C5)I)F)O Chemical compound CC1=C(SC=N1)C2=CC=C(C=C2)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@@H]3C[C@H](CN3C(=O)[C@H](C(C)(C)C)NC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCNCCCONC(=O)C4=C(C(=C(C=C4)F)F)NC5=C(C=C(C=C5)I)F)O KCBAMQOKOLXLOX-BSZYMOERSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ROSDSFDQCJNGOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylamine Chemical compound CNC ROSDSFDQCJNGOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene oxide Chemical compound C1CO1 IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101710183811 Glia-derived nexin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102100033299 Glia-derived nexin Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 208000032612 Glial tumor Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 206010018338 Glioma Diseases 0.000 description 3
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 206010027476 Metastases Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000003788 Neoplasm Micrometastasis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 108091005804 Peptidases Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 239000004365 Protease Substances 0.000 description 3
- 102100037486 Reverse transcriptase/ribonuclease H Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 3
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Urea Chemical compound NC(N)=O XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;2,3,4,5,6-pentahydroxyhexanal;sodium Chemical compound [Na].CC(O)=O.OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C=O DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000004448 alkyl carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000007900 aqueous suspension Substances 0.000 description 3
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 229940110456 cocoa butter Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 235000019868 cocoa butter Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940125773 compound 10 Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 229940126208 compound 22 Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 229940125833 compound 23 Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 229940126214 compound 3 Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000002147 dimethylamino group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])N(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 239000002270 dispersing agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 210000001035 gastrointestinal tract Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- ZLVXBBHTMQJRSX-VMGNSXQWSA-N jdtic Chemical compound C1([C@]2(C)CCN(C[C@@H]2C)C[C@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@@H]2NCC3=CC(O)=CC=C3C2)=CC=CC(O)=C1 ZLVXBBHTMQJRSX-VMGNSXQWSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000004185 liver Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 229940127215 low-molecular weight heparin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000009401 metastasis Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000002808 molecular sieve Substances 0.000 description 3
- 208000004296 neuralgia Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000021722 neuropathic pain Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 125000002914 sec-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- URGAHOPLAPQHLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium aluminosilicate Chemical compound [Na+].[Al+3].[O-][Si]([O-])=O.[O-][Si]([O-])=O URGAHOPLAPQHLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 235000019812 sodium carboxymethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229920001027 sodium carboxymethylcellulose Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 125000004434 sulfur atom Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000000375 suspending agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000012222 talc Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 3
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 3
- PUPZLCDOIYMWBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N (+/-)-1,3-Butanediol Chemical compound CC(O)CCO PUPZLCDOIYMWBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LNAZSHAWQACDHT-XIYTZBAFSA-N (2r,3r,4s,5r,6s)-4,5-dimethoxy-2-(methoxymethyl)-3-[(2s,3r,4s,5r,6r)-3,4,5-trimethoxy-6-(methoxymethyl)oxan-2-yl]oxy-6-[(2r,3r,4s,5r,6r)-4,5,6-trimethoxy-2-(methoxymethyl)oxan-3-yl]oxyoxane Chemical compound CO[C@@H]1[C@@H](OC)[C@H](OC)[C@@H](COC)O[C@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](OC)[C@@H](OC)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](OC)[C@H](OC)O[C@@H]2COC)OC)O[C@@H]1COC LNAZSHAWQACDHT-XIYTZBAFSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004178 (C1-C4) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- WSLDOOZREJYCGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-Dichloroethane Chemical compound ClCCCl WSLDOOZREJYCGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VBICKXHEKHSIBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-monostearoylglycerol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(O)CO VBICKXHEKHSIBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JVVRJMXHNUAPHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1h-pyrazol-5-amine Chemical compound NC=1C=CNN=1 JVVRJMXHNUAPHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FJJYHTVHBVXEEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2-dimethylpropanal Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C=O FJJYHTVHBVXEEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IZHVBANLECCAGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxy-3-(octadecanoyloxy)propyl octadecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(O)COC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC IZHVBANLECCAGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JMTMSDXUXJISAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2H-benzotriazol-4-ol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC2=C1N=NN2 JMTMSDXUXJISAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FEOMRTMVNDTVAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-fluoro-5-(oxan-4-yl)-1h-pyrazol-3-amine Chemical compound NC1=NNC(C2CCOCC2)=C1F FEOMRTMVNDTVAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O Ammonium Chemical compound [NH4+] QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 2
- 241000416162 Astragalus gummifer Species 0.000 description 2
- 206010006187 Breast cancer Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229920002134 Carboxymethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen bromide Chemical class Br CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 206010061218 Inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010067125 Liver injury Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000005481 NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000019483 Peanut oil Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920001213 Polysorbate 20 Polymers 0.000 description 2
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010060862 Prostate cancer Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000000236 Prostatic Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108010094028 Prothrombin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 206010063837 Reperfusion injury Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010041067 Small cell lung cancer Diseases 0.000 description 2
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tartaric Acid Chemical class [H+].[H+].[O-]C(=O)C(O)C(O)C([O-])=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101000712605 Theromyzon tessulatum Theromin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010000499 Thromboplastin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000002262 Thromboplastin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titan oxide Chemical compound O=[Ti]=O GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920001615 Tragacanth Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 206010052428 Wound Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000004781 alginic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000003282 alkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000005157 alkyl carboxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000006708 antioxidants Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- KXNPVXPOPUZYGB-XYVMCAHJSA-N argatroban Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H]1C[C@H](C)CCN1C(=O)[C@H](CCCN=C(N)N)NS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CC2=C1NC[C@H](C)C2 KXNPVXPOPUZYGB-XYVMCAHJSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960003856 argatroban Drugs 0.000 description 2
- HUMNYLRZRPPJDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzaldehyde Chemical compound O=CC1=CC=CC=C1 HUMNYLRZRPPJDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BJFLSHMHTPAZHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzotriazole Chemical compound [CH]1C=CC=C2N=NN=C21 BJFLSHMHTPAZHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012964 benzotriazole Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000003236 benzoyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000004204 blood vessel Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 229910000019 calcium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000001506 calcium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910000389 calcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000011010 calcium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000010948 carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000008112 carboxymethyl-cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012876 carrier material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000003169 central nervous system Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002738 chelating agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N cholesterol Chemical compound C1C=C2C[C@@H](O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@H]([C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 231100000012 chronic liver injury Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 239000006184 cosolvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000001995 cyclobutyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000000582 cycloheptyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000005911 diet Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000037213 diet Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000004185 ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000020764 fibrinolysis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000019634 flavors Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000013355 food flavoring agent Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000011187 glycerol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000008187 granular material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000001188 haloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- IKDUDTNKRLTJSI-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrazine hydrate Chemical compound O.NN IKDUDTNKRLTJSI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- NPZTUJOABDZTLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxybenzotriazole Substances O=C1C=CC=C2NNN=C12 NPZTUJOABDZTLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000010979 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000001866 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920003088 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- UFVKGYZPFZQRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Chemical compound OC1C(O)C(OC)OC(CO)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC2C(C(O)C(OC3C(C(O)C(O)C(CO)O3)O)C(CO)O2)O)C(CO)O1 UFVKGYZPFZQRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000011261 inert gas Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012442 inert solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000004054 inflammatory process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 208000014674 injury Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000006623 intrinsic pathway Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000009545 invasion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 208000012947 ischemia reperfusion injury Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 210000003734 kidney Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000004811 liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000004072 lung Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- ZLNQQNXFFQJAID-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium carbonate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-]C([O-])=O ZLNQQNXFFQJAID-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 239000001095 magnesium carbonate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910000021 magnesium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000007726 management method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 2
- 239000001788 mono and diglycerides of fatty acids Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000004573 morpholin-4-yl group Chemical group N1(CCOCC1)* 0.000 description 2
- ULWOJODHECIZAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-diethylpropan-2-amine Chemical compound CCN(CC)C(C)C ULWOJODHECIZAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960000899 nadroparin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000000346 nonvolatile oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000015097 nutrients Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000004006 olive oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000008390 olive oil Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 235000005985 organic acids Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000000312 peanut oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008177 pharmaceutical agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- YWDZXOMXNXGRJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenyl 5-(dimethylamino)naphthalene-1-sulfonate Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(N(C)C)=CC=CC2=C1S(=O)(=O)OC1=CC=CC=C1 YWDZXOMXNXGRJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000006187 pill Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000036470 plasma concentration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 235000010486 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000000256 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010482 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000000244 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920001282 polysaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000005017 polysaccharide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000004804 polysaccharides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229920000053 polysorbate 80 Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000002035 prolonged effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000069 prophylactic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 208000005069 pulmonary fibrosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000002285 radioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 2
- 208000000587 small cell lung carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000013268 sustained release Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012730 sustained-release form Substances 0.000 description 2
- VZGDMQKNWNREIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrachloromethane Chemical compound ClC(Cl)(Cl)Cl VZGDMQKNWNREIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 231100001274 therapeutic index Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 238000011285 therapeutic regimen Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002562 thickening agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004809 thin layer chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- UMGDCJDMYOKAJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiourea Chemical compound NC(N)=S UMGDCJDMYOKAJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000017423 tissue regeneration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012384 transportation and delivery Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000011269 treatment regimen Methods 0.000 description 2
- QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H tricalcium bis(phosphate) Chemical compound [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 2
- IMNIMPAHZVJRPE-UHFFFAOYSA-N triethylenediamine Chemical compound C1CN2CCN1CC2 IMNIMPAHZVJRPE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002691 unilamellar liposome Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000004417 unsaturated alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 208000019553 vascular disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 235000015112 vegetable and seed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000008158 vegetable oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 229960005080 warfarin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- PJVWKTKQMONHTI-UHFFFAOYSA-N warfarin Chemical compound OC=1C2=CC=CC=C2OC(=O)C=1C(CC(=O)C)C1=CC=CC=C1 PJVWKTKQMONHTI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000001993 wax Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000080 wetting agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- KIUKXJAPPMFGSW-DNGZLQJQSA-N (2S,3S,4S,5R,6R)-6-[(2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-3-Acetamido-2-[(2S,3S,4R,5R,6R)-6-[(2R,3R,4R,5S,6R)-3-acetamido-2,5-dihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-4-yl]oxy-2-carboxy-4,5-dihydroxyoxan-3-yl]oxy-5-hydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-4-yl]oxy-3,4,5-trihydroxyoxane-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@H]1[C@H](O)O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](O[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O3)C(O)=O)O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)NC(C)=O)[C@@H](C(O)=O)O1 KIUKXJAPPMFGSW-DNGZLQJQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YDMBNDUHUNWWRP-VJBWXMMDSA-N (2s)-1-[(2r)-2-amino-3-phenylpropanoyl]-n-[(2s)-5-(diaminomethylideneamino)-1-(4-nitroanilino)-1-oxopentan-2-yl]piperidine-2-carboxamide Chemical compound C([C@@H](N)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCN=C(N)N)C(=O)NC=1C=CC(=CC=1)[N+]([O-])=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 YDMBNDUHUNWWRP-VJBWXMMDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OBYALUXEHYWVQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N (5-aminopyrazol-1-yl)-thiophen-3-ylmethanone Chemical compound NC1=CC=NN1C(=O)C1=CSC=C1 OBYALUXEHYWVQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003837 (C1-C20) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004769 (C1-C4) alkylsulfonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000229 (C1-C4)alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004209 (C1-C8) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- WRIDQFICGBMAFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N (E)-8-Octadecenoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCC(O)=O WRIDQFICGBMAFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-GSVOUGTGSA-N (R)-(-)-Propylene glycol Chemical compound C[C@@H](O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-GSVOUGTGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SINGMNYTTDSEPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(oxan-4-yl)pyrazol-3-amine Chemical compound N1=C(N)C=CN1C1CCOCC1 SINGMNYTTDSEPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IXPNQXFRVYWDDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methyl-2,4-dioxo-1,3-diazinane-5-carboximidamide Chemical compound CN1CC(C(N)=N)C(=O)NC1=O IXPNQXFRVYWDDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 1-palmitoyl-2-arachidonoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCC IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004214 1-pyrrolidinyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])N(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001462 1-pyrrolyl group Chemical group [*]N1C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004206 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(*)C(F)(F)F 0.000 description 1
- YQTCQNIPQMJNTI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2-dimethylpropan-1-one Chemical compound CC(C)(C)[C]=O YQTCQNIPQMJNTI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IUFRCHDUNSOXBW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(oxan-4-yl)pyrazol-3-amine Chemical compound NC1=CC=NN1C1CCOCC1 IUFRCHDUNSOXBW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004174 2-benzimidazolyl group Chemical group [H]N1C(*)=NC2=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C12 0.000 description 1
- 125000002941 2-furyl group Chemical group O1C([*])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001622 2-naphthyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C2C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C([H])C2=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000094 2-phenylethyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003903 2-propenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004105 2-pyridyl group Chemical group N1=C([*])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000389 2-pyrrolyl group Chemical group [H]N1C([*])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000175 2-thienyl group Chemical group S1C([*])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- LQJBNNIYVWPHFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 20:1omega9c fatty acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O LQJBNNIYVWPHFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- APLGMYKKIPIKAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2h-pyran-4-carbonyl chloride Chemical compound ClC(=O)C1=CCOC=C1 APLGMYKKIPIKAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QFNABHBYVSJWLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,4,4a,5-tetrahydro-2h-naphthalen-1-one Chemical compound C1C=CC=C2C(=O)CCCC21 QFNABHBYVSJWLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000474 3-butynyl group Chemical group [H]C#CC([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003682 3-furyl group Chemical group O1C([H])=C([*])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000003349 3-pyridyl group Chemical group N1=C([H])C([*])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001397 3-pyrrolyl group Chemical group [H]N1C([H])=C([*])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001541 3-thienyl group Chemical group S1C([H])=C([*])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- NHMSDRGNEWRUJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-fluoro-5-phenyl-1h-pyrazol-3-amine Chemical compound NC1=NNC(C=2C=CC=CC=2)=C1F NHMSDRGNEWRUJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000339 4-pyridyl group Chemical group N1=C([H])C([H])=C([*])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- KDDQRKBRJSGMQE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-thiazolyl Chemical group [C]1=CSC=N1 KDDQRKBRJSGMQE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SQDAZGGFXASXDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-bromo-2-(trifluoromethoxy)pyridine Chemical compound FC(F)(F)OC1=CC=C(Br)C=N1 SQDAZGGFXASXDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CWDWFSXUQODZGW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-thiazolyl Chemical group [C]1=CN=CS1 CWDWFSXUQODZGW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical compound [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-[3-(1-cyclopropylpyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl]-3-methyl-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-2-one Chemical class C1(CC1)N1N=CC(=C1)C1=NNC2=C1N=C(N=C2)N1C2C(N(CC1CC2)C)=O HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QSBYPNXLFMSGKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9-Heptadecensaeure Natural products CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O QSBYPNXLFMSGKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 244000215068 Acacia senegal Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000006491 Acacia senegal Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000005995 Aluminium silicate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010002383 Angina Pectoris Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000004411 Antithrombin III Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000935 Antithrombin III Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010006654 Bleomycin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010039209 Blood Coagulation Factors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000015081 Blood Coagulation Factors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000026310 Breast neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bromine atom Chemical compound [Br] WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Busulfan Chemical compound CS(=O)(=O)OCCCCOS(C)(=O)=O COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QXFVOQJWBIQALE-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(=O)C(F)C#N.CC1=NNC(N)=C1F.CCCC1=C(F)C(C)=NN1.CCCC1=C(F)C(C)=NN1C(C)=O.NN.O Chemical compound CC(=O)C(F)C#N.CC1=NNC(N)=C1F.CCCC1=C(F)C(C)=NN1.CCCC1=C(F)C(C)=NN1C(C)=O.NN.O QXFVOQJWBIQALE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YLMDNUPKTFQLRF-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C)C(=O)Cl.CC(C)(C)C(=O)N1N=C(C2=CC=CC=C2)C(F)=C1CCC1=CC=C(Cl)S1.CCN(CC)CC.FC1=C(CCC2=CC=C(Cl)S2)NN=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C(=O)Cl.CC(C)(C)C(=O)N1N=C(C2=CC=CC=C2)C(F)=C1CCC1=CC=C(Cl)S1.CCN(CC)CC.FC1=C(CCC2=CC=C(Cl)S2)NN=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 YLMDNUPKTFQLRF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RFUFLNUKIAQJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C)C(=O)Cl.CC(C)(C)C(=O)N1N=C(C2=CC=CC=C2)C(F)=C1CCC1=CC=CC=C1.CCN(CC)CC.FC1=C(CCC2=CC=CC=C2)NN=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C(=O)Cl.CC(C)(C)C(=O)N1N=C(C2=CC=CC=C2)C(F)=C1CCC1=CC=CC=C1.CCN(CC)CC.FC1=C(CCC2=CC=CC=C2)NN=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 RFUFLNUKIAQJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NPYYXSJQXCMCMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C)C(=O)Cl.CC(C)(C)C(=O)N1N=C(C2=CC=CC=N2)C(F)=C1CCC1=CC=CC=C1.CCN(CC)CC.FC1=C(CCC2=CC=CC=C2)NN=C1C1=CC=CC=N1 Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C(=O)Cl.CC(C)(C)C(=O)N1N=C(C2=CC=CC=N2)C(F)=C1CCC1=CC=CC=C1.CCN(CC)CC.FC1=C(CCC2=CC=CC=C2)NN=C1C1=CC=CC=N1 NPYYXSJQXCMCMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HIBCTUYAMZDXMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C)C(=O)Cl.CC(C)(C)C(=O)N1N=C(C2CCOCC2)C(F)=C1CCC1=CC=C(Cl)S1.CCN(CC)CC.FC1=C(CCC2=CC=C(Cl)S2)NN=C1C1CCOCC1 Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C(=O)Cl.CC(C)(C)C(=O)N1N=C(C2CCOCC2)C(F)=C1CCC1=CC=C(Cl)S1.CCN(CC)CC.FC1=C(CCC2=CC=C(Cl)S2)NN=C1C1CCOCC1 HIBCTUYAMZDXMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-NJFSPNSNSA-N Carbon-14 Chemical compound [14C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-NJFSPNSNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001287 Chondroitin sulfate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102100023804 Coagulation factor VII Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000008186 Collagen Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010035532 Collagen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000015225 Connective Tissue Growth Factor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010039419 Connective Tissue Growth Factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920002261 Corn starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000858 Cyclodextrin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000045 Dermatan sulfate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004375 Dextrin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001353 Dextrin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Elaidinsaeure-aethylester Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000037487 Endotoxemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- UFHLDSQCBMXBFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N FC1=C(CCC2=CC=C(Cl)S2)NN=C1C1=CC=CC=C1.NC1=C(F)C(C2=CC=CC=C2)=NN1.O=CC1=CC=C(Cl)S1 Chemical compound FC1=C(CCC2=CC=C(Cl)S2)NN=C1C1=CC=CC=C1.NC1=C(F)C(C2=CC=CC=C2)=NN1.O=CC1=CC=C(Cl)S1 UFHLDSQCBMXBFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KTKVLRSFHLHHOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N FC1=C(CCC2=CC=C(Cl)S2)NN=C1C1CCOCC1.NC1=C(F)C(C2CCOCC2)=NN1.O=CC1=CC=C(Cl)S1 Chemical compound FC1=C(CCC2=CC=C(Cl)S2)NN=C1C1CCOCC1.NC1=C(F)C(C2CCOCC2)=NN1.O=CC1=CC=C(Cl)S1 KTKVLRSFHLHHOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AUDQHEBQJBCJAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N FC1=C(CCC2=CC=CC=C2)NN=C1C1=CC=CC=C1.NC1=C(F)C(C2=CC=CC=C2)=NN1.O=CC1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound FC1=C(CCC2=CC=CC=C2)NN=C1C1=CC=CC=C1.NC1=C(F)C(C2=CC=CC=C2)=NN1.O=CC1=CC=CC=C1 AUDQHEBQJBCJAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YBEOBDBAHJHHHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N FC1=C(CCC2=CC=CC=C2)NN=C1C1=CC=CC=N1.NC1=C(F)C(C2=CC=CC=N2)=NN1.O=CC1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound FC1=C(CCC2=CC=CC=C2)NN=C1C1=CC=CC=N1.NC1=C(F)C(C2=CC=CC=N2)=NN1.O=CC1=CC=CC=C1 YBEOBDBAHJHHHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XVYFHHGBZRTUKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N FC=1C(=NNC=1N)C1CCNCC1 Chemical compound FC=1C(=NNC=1N)C1CCNCC1 XVYFHHGBZRTUKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010023321 Factor VII Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000009123 Fibrin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010073385 Fibrin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- BWGVNKXGVNDBDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fibrin monomer Chemical compound CNC(=O)CNC(=O)CN BWGVNKXGVNDBDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010049003 Fibrinogen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000008946 Fibrinogen Human genes 0.000 description 1
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutamic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000084 Gum arabic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004354 Hydroxyethyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000663 Hydroxyethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002153 Hydroxypropyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000010643 Leucaena leucocephala Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 240000007472 Leucaena leucocephala Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 1
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 206010027458 Metastases to lung Diseases 0.000 description 1
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanesulfonic acid Chemical compound CS(O)(=O)=O AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000014171 Milk Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010011756 Milk Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- FTVFLIFNTONMCB-UHFFFAOYSA-N N#CC(F)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1.NC1=C(F)C(C2=CC=CC=C2)=NN1.NN.O Chemical compound N#CC(F)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1.NC1=C(F)C(C2=CC=CC=C2)=NN1.NN.O FTVFLIFNTONMCB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YFJXMIGKPDUFLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N N#CC(F)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1.O=C(Cl)C1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound N#CC(F)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1.O=C(Cl)C1=CC=CC=C1 YFJXMIGKPDUFLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NXRAMSCWKAEZFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N N#CC(F)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=N1.NC1=C(F)C(C2=CC=CC=N2)=NN1.NN.O Chemical compound N#CC(F)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=N1.NC1=C(F)C(C2=CC=CC=N2)=NN1.NN.O NXRAMSCWKAEZFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GFOPADPYYKLXIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N N#CC(F)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=N1.O=C(Cl)C1=CC=CC=N1 Chemical compound N#CC(F)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=N1.O=C(Cl)C1=CC=CC=N1 GFOPADPYYKLXIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HYOMVFBKDNAXST-UHFFFAOYSA-N N#CC(F)C(=O)C1CCOCC1.NC1=C(F)C(C2CCOCC2)=NN1.NN.O Chemical compound N#CC(F)C(=O)C1CCOCC1.NC1=C(F)C(C2CCOCC2)=NN1.NN.O HYOMVFBKDNAXST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MDJUUNCCZUINHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N N#CC(F)C(=O)C1CCOCC1.O=C(Cl)C1CCOCC1 Chemical compound N#CC(F)C(=O)C1CCOCC1.O=C(Cl)C1CCOCC1 MDJUUNCCZUINHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- REYJJPSVUYRZGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Octadecylamine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCN REYJJPSVUYRZGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005642 Oleic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oleic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000032626 PAR-1 Receptor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010070519 PAR-1 Receptor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- NTUPOKHATNSWCY-JYJNAYRXSA-N Phe-Pro-Arg Chemical group C([C@H](N)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCN=C(N)N)C(O)=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 NTUPOKHATNSWCY-JYJNAYRXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorus Chemical compound [P] OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000255969 Pieris brassicae Species 0.000 description 1
- RVGRUAULSDPKGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Poloxamer Chemical compound C1CO1.CC1CO1 RVGRUAULSDPKGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920003171 Poly (ethylene oxide) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002565 Polyethylene Glycol 400 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002594 Polyethylene Glycol 8000 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002685 Polyoxyl 35CastorOil Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001214 Polysorbate 60 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004372 Polyvinyl alcohol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000219061 Rheum Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010039286 S 2238 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010040047 Sepsis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910007161 Si(CH3)3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicon Chemical compound [Si] XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000021355 Stearic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 208000006011 Stroke Diseases 0.000 description 1
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RHQDFWAXVIIEBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trifluoroethanol Chemical compound OCC(F)(F)F RHQDFWAXVIIEBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- YZCKVEUIGOORGS-NJFSPNSNSA-N Tritium Chemical compound [3H] YZCKVEUIGOORGS-NJFSPNSNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000024248 Vascular System injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000012339 Vascular injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010047249 Venous thrombosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000251539 Vertebrata <Metazoa> Species 0.000 description 1
- 229930003448 Vitamin K Natural products 0.000 description 1
- WERKSKAQRVDLDW-ANOHMWSOSA-N [(2s,3r,4r,5r)-2,3,4,5,6-pentahydroxyhexyl] (z)-octadec-9-enoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO WERKSKAQRVDLDW-ANOHMWSOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PNDPGZBMCMUPRI-XXSWNUTMSA-N [125I][125I] Chemical compound [125I][125I] PNDPGZBMCMUPRI-XXSWNUTMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000010489 acacia gum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000009825 accumulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001242 acetic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000008043 acidic salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011149 active material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008186 active pharmaceutical agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001154 acute effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001476 alcoholic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000010443 alginic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920000615 alginic acid Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000000783 alginic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960001126 alginic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000000278 alkyl amino alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003806 alkyl carbonyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004390 alkyl sulfonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004414 alkyl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005237 alkyleneamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005238 alkylenediamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005530 alkylenedioxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005529 alkyleneoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005336 allyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- AVJBPWGFOQAPRH-FWMKGIEWSA-N alpha-L-IdopA-(1->3)-beta-D-GalpNAc4S Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@H]1[C@H](O)O[C@H](CO)[C@H](OS(O)(=O)=O)[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](C(O)=O)O1 AVJBPWGFOQAPRH-FWMKGIEWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-acetylene Natural products C#C HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VREFGVBLTWBCJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N alprazolam Chemical compound C12=CC(Cl)=CC=C2N2C(C)=NN=C2CN=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 VREFGVBLTWBCJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000012211 aluminium silicate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000003368 amide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000033115 angiogenesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000010775 animal oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000129 anionic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000008485 antagonism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001093 anti-cancer Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003110 anti-inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000845 anti-microbial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004599 antimicrobial Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960005348 antithrombin iii Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003698 antivitamin K Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008365 aqueous carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003125 aqueous solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000006615 aromatic heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 206010003246 arthritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000021311 artificial sweeteners Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000005165 aryl thioxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000732 arylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004104 aryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001558 benzoic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid group Chemical group C(C1=CC=CC=C1)(=O)O WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PASDCCFISLVPSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoyl chloride Chemical compound ClC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 PASDCCFISLVPSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 150000005347 biaryls Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000319 biphenyl-4-yl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1C1=C([H])C([H])=C([*])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229960001561 bleomycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OYVAGSVQBOHSSS-UAPAGMARSA-O bleomycin A2 Chemical compound N([C@H](C(=O)N[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)[C@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@H](O)C)C(=O)NCCC=1SC=C(N=1)C=1SC=C(N=1)C(=O)NCCC[S+](C)C)[C@@H](O[C@H]1[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](CO)O1)O[C@@H]1[C@H]([C@@H](OC(N)=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1)O)C=1N=CNC=1)C(=O)C1=NC([C@H](CC(N)=O)NC[C@H](N)C(N)=O)=NC(N)=C1C OYVAGSVQBOHSSS-UAPAGMARSA-O 0.000 description 1
- 239000003114 blood coagulation factor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003130 blood coagulation factor inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Substances BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000007853 buffer solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004369 butenyl group Chemical group C(=CCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000484 butyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000010216 calcium carbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 159000000007 calcium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- BPKIGYQJPYCAOW-FFJTTWKXSA-I calcium;potassium;disodium;(2s)-2-hydroxypropanoate;dichloride;dihydroxide;hydrate Chemical compound O.[OH-].[OH-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[Cl-].[K+].[Ca+2].C[C@H](O)C([O-])=O BPKIGYQJPYCAOW-FFJTTWKXSA-I 0.000 description 1
- 230000004712 cancer cell adhesion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004202 carbamide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003917 carbamoyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 239000011203 carbon fibre reinforced carbon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000005708 carbonyloxy group Chemical group [*:2]OC([*:1])=O 0.000 description 1
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940105329 carboxymethylcellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003197 catalytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004709 cell invasion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000170 cell membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000012292 cell migration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010980 cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000005829 chemical entities Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- WORJEOGGNQDSOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloroform;methanol Chemical compound OC.ClC(Cl)Cl WORJEOGGNQDSOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000012000 cholesterol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940059329 chondroitin sulfate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000001860 citric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920001436 collagen Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000000306 component Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008120 corn starch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000006071 cream Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012043 crude product Substances 0.000 description 1
- WZHCOOQXZCIUNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclandelate Chemical compound C1C(C)(C)CC(C)CC1OC(=O)C(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WZHCOOQXZCIUNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002993 cycloalkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001162 cycloheptenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000596 cyclohexenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002933 cyclohexyloxy group Chemical group C1(CCCCC1)O* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000522 cyclooctenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCCCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000006641 cyclooctyl carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000640 cyclooctyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000002433 cyclopentenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004186 cyclopropylmethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(*)C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229940018872 dalteparin sodium Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000003493 decenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000002704 decyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940051593 dermatan sulfate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001627 detrimental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000019425 dextrin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000001028 difluoromethyl group Chemical group [H]C(F)(F)* 0.000 description 1
- 208000037765 diseases and disorders Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000004090 dissolution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003828 downregulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003651 drinking water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000020188 drinking water Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000890 drug combination Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009510 drug design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007876 drug discovery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008406 drug-drug interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003792 electrolyte Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003821 enantio-separation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000002889 endothelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960005153 enoxaparin sodium Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-QXMHVHEDSA-N ethyl oleate Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OCC LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-QXMHVHEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940093471 ethyl oleate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002534 ethynyl group Chemical group [H]C#C* 0.000 description 1
- 230000029142 excretion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006624 extrinsic pathway Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940012413 factor vii Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229950003499 fibrin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940012952 fibrinogen Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003527 fibrinolytic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003480 fibrinolytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002950 fibroblast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000003176 fibrotic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000706 filtrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004216 fluoromethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(F)* 0.000 description 1
- 235000003599 food sweetener Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000001640 fractional crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-L fumarate(2-) Chemical class [O-]C(=O)\C=C\C([O-])=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102000034356 gene-regulatory proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091006104 gene-regulatory proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 235000013922 glutamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004220 glutamic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940074045 glyceryl distearate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940075507 glyceryl monostearate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003102 growth factor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003187 heptyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006588 heterocycloalkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexane-1,2,3,4,5,6-hexol Chemical compound OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006038 hexenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004051 hexyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 239000008240 homogeneous mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002674 hyaluronan Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229960003160 hyaluronic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001183 hydrocarbyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003840 hydrochlorides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000019447 hydroxyethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940071826 hydroxyethyl cellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010977 hydroxypropyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001863 hydroxypropyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940071676 hydroxypropylcellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000007943 implant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000099 in vitro assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003392 indanyl group Chemical group C1(CCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000003701 inert diluent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940102223 injectable solution Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940102213 injectable suspension Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000011081 inoculation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910010272 inorganic material Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011147 inorganic material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007913 intrathecal administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011630 iodine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229940044173 iodine-125 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- QXJSBBXBKPUZAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N isooleic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QXJSBBXBKPUZAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001972 isopentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 230000000155 isotopic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000015110 jellies Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- NLYAJNPCOHFWQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N kaolin Chemical compound O.O.O=[Al]O[Si](=O)O[Si](=O)O[Al]=O NLYAJNPCOHFWQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000010445 lecithin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000787 lecithin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940067606 lecithin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003902 lesion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000518 lethal Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000001665 lethal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940057995 liquid paraffin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000014380 magnesium carbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 159000000003 magnesium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N maleic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002688 maleic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000003211 malignant effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960002137 melagatran Drugs 0.000 description 1
- DKWNMCUOEDMMIN-PKOBYXMFSA-N melagatran Chemical compound C1=CC(C(=N)N)=CC=C1CNC(=O)[C@H]1N(C(=O)[C@H](NCC(O)=O)C2CCCCC2)CC1 DKWNMCUOEDMMIN-PKOBYXMFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108020004999 messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-M methanesulfonate group Chemical class CS(=O)(=O)[O-] AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- HRDXJKGNWSUIBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N methoxybenzene Chemical group [CH2]OC1=CC=CC=C1 HRDXJKGNWSUIBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004184 methoxymethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])OC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001570 methylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- 238000013508 migration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000021239 milk protein Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002950 monocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006682 monohaloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 1
- VSEAAEQOQBMPQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N morpholin-3-one Chemical compound O=C1COCCN1 VSEAAEQOQBMPQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004572 morpholin-3-yl group Chemical group N1C(COCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000010172 mouse model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000010125 myocardial infarction Diseases 0.000 description 1
- KRKPYFLIYNGWTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,o-dimethylhydroxylamine Chemical compound CNOC KRKPYFLIYNGWTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004108 n-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- DLMMQHNYEBTUFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-ethoxypropan-1-amine Chemical compound CCCNOCC DLMMQHNYEBTUFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003136 n-heptyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001280 n-hexyl group Chemical group C(CCCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000740 n-pentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004123 n-propyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 239000006225 natural substrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000021096 natural sweeteners Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000001971 neopentyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000001537 neural effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007472 neurodevelopment Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002823 nitrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 231100000344 non-irritating Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000000041 non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940021182 non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000012457 nonaqueous media Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000005187 nonenyl group Chemical group C(=CCCCCCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 231100000956 nontoxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 125000001400 nonyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000000474 nursing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC(C)CCCCCCCCC(O)=O OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004365 octenyl group Chemical group C(=CCCCCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002347 octyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002674 ointment Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N oleic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(O)=O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940005483 opioid analgesics Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000006186 oral dosage form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002894 organic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002895 organic esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000012074 organic phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001151 other effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004043 oxo group Chemical group O=* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 description 1
- 229940124707 pain therapeutics Drugs 0.000 description 1
- QNGNSVIICDLXHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N para-ethylbenzaldehyde Natural products CCC1=CC=C(C=O)C=C1 QNGNSVIICDLXHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000006201 parenteral dosage form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001814 pectin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001277 pectin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000010987 pectin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000002255 pentenyl group Chemical group C(=CCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001147 pentyl group Chemical group C(CCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004675 pentylcarbonyl group Chemical group C(CCCC)C(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000010412 perfusion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000825 pharmaceutical preparation Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000008105 phosphatidylcholines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003904 phospholipids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- OJMIONKXNSYLSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphorous acid Chemical class OP(O)O OJMIONKXNSYLSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011574 phosphorus Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000005633 phthalidyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- SHUZOJHMOBOZST-UHFFFAOYSA-N phylloquinone Natural products CC(C)CCCCC(C)CCC(C)CCCC(=CCC1=C(C)C(=O)c2ccccc2C1=O)C SHUZOJHMOBOZST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000704 physical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004962 physiological condition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000587 piperidin-1-yl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])N(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004483 piperidin-3-yl group Chemical group N1CC(CCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000013439 planning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002798 polar solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001993 poloxamer 188 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000003367 polycyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006684 polyhaloalkyl group Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000010989 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monostearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001818 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monostearate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940068977 polysorbate 20 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940113124 polysorbate 60 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940068968 polysorbate 80 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920002451 polyvinyl alcohol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000019422 polyvinyl alcohol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002206 pro-fibrotic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 125000004368 propenyl group Chemical group C(=CC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 235000013772 propylene glycol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000001681 protective effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002797 proteolythic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002685 pulmonary effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000561 purinyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=C2N=CNC2=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003373 pyrazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004289 pyrazol-3-yl group Chemical group [H]N1N=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- PSAYJRPASWETSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine-2-carbonyl chloride Chemical compound ClC(=O)C1=CC=CC=N1 PSAYJRPASWETSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005344 pyridylmethyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C(=N1)C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 238000011002 quantification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011552 rat model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000664 rectum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000010992 reflux Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229930195734 saturated hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 1
- HFHDHCJBZVLPGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N schardinger α-dextrin Chemical compound O1C(C(C2O)O)C(CO)OC2OC(C(C2O)O)C(CO)OC2OC(C(C2O)O)C(CO)OC2OC(C(O)C2O)C(CO)OC2OC(C(C2O)O)C(CO)OC2OC2C(O)C(O)C1OC2CO HFHDHCJBZVLPGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000003497 sciatic nerve Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000020341 sensory perception of pain Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013207 serial dilution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008159 sesame oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011803 sesame oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000010703 silicon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004332 silver Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052709 silver Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000010413 sodium alginate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000661 sodium alginate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940005550 sodium alginate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000001488 sodium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000162 sodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000011008 sodium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000007909 solid dosage form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000278 spinal cord Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000008117 stearic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008174 sterile solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008223 sterile water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000547 substituted alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003107 substituted aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003890 succinate salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000005846 sugar alcohols Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005420 sulfonamido group Chemical group S(=O)(=O)(N*)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000472 sulfonyl group Chemical group *S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000004962 sulfoxyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003467 sulfuric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000013589 supplement Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002459 sustained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003765 sweetening agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006188 syrup Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000020357 syrup Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000009885 systemic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003892 tartrate salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005931 tert-butyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(OC(*)=O)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004192 tetrahydrofuran-2-yl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])OC([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000004797 therapeutic response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000005309 thioalkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229960003766 thrombin (human) Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001732 thrombotic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940064689 tinzaparin sodium Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004408 titanium dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene-4-sulfonic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000006208 topical dosage form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000331 toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000002588 toxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000440 toxicity profile Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 235000010487 tragacanth Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000196 tragacanth Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940116362 tragacanth Drugs 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-butenedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=CC(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001425 triazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004953 trihalomethyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K trisodium phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 229910052722 tritium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000005747 tumor angiogenesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004881 tumor cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000004614 tumor growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000005065 undecenyl group Chemical group C(=CCCCCCCCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002948 undecyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000003827 upregulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920002554 vinyl polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011345 viscous material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940088594 vitamin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229930003231 vitamin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 235000013343 vitamin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011782 vitamin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019168 vitamin K Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011712 vitamin K Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003721 vitamin K derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940046010 vitamin k Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940019333 vitamin k antagonists Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000005303 weighing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004580 weight loss Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000029663 wound healing Effects 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D231/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings
- C07D231/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings
- C07D231/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D231/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D231/38—Nitrogen atoms
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/41—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
- A61K31/415—1,2-Diazoles
- A61K31/4155—1,2-Diazoles non condensed and containing further heterocyclic rings
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
- A61K31/44—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
- A61K31/4427—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof containing further heterocyclic ring systems
- A61K31/4439—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof containing further heterocyclic ring systems containing a five-membered ring with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. omeprazole
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/535—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with at least one nitrogen and one oxygen as the ring hetero atoms, e.g. 1,2-oxazines
- A61K31/5375—1,4-Oxazines, e.g. morpholine
- A61K31/5377—1,4-Oxazines, e.g. morpholine not condensed and containing further heterocyclic rings, e.g. timolol
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/04—Centrally acting analgesics, e.g. opioids
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/20—Hypnotics; Sedatives
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/28—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P7/00—Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P7/00—Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
- A61P7/02—Antithrombotic agents; Anticoagulants; Platelet aggregation inhibitors
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D233/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings
- C07D233/54—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D233/66—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D233/88—Nitrogen atoms, e.g. allantoin
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
- C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
- C07D401/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D409/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D409/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
- C07D409/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D409/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D409/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing three or more hetero rings
Definitions
- the present disclosure relates to compounds, e.g., multisubstituted aromatic compounds, which exhibit biological activity, e.g., inhibitory action, against thrombin (activated blood-coagulation factor II; EC 3.4.21.5).
- biological activity e.g., inhibitory action, against thrombin (activated blood-coagulation factor II; EC 3.4.21.5).
- the cascade includes the Extrinsic and Intrinsic pathways, involving the activation of at least 13 interconnected factors and a variety of co-factors and other regulatory proteins.
- plasma factor VII interacts with exposed Tissue Factor (TF), and the resultant TF-fVIIa complex initiates a complex series of events.
- Factor fXa is produced directly ‘downstream’ from the TF-fVIIa complex, and amplified manifold via the Intrinsic Pathway.
- FXa then serves as the catalyst for formation of thrombin (fIIa), which in turn is the direct precursor to fibrinolysis.
- the outcome is a fibrinolytic clot, which stops the bleeding. Fibrinolysis of the polymeric clot into fibrin monomers leads to dissolution and a return of the system to the pre-clot state.
- the cascade is a complex balance of factors and co-factors and is tightly regulated.
- anticoagulants have been used in patients at risk of suffering from thrombotic complications, such as angina, stroke and heart attack.
- Warfarin has enjoyed dominance as a first-in-line anticoagulant therapeutic. Developed in the 1940s, it is a Vitamin K antagonist and inhibits factors II, VII, IX and X, amongst others. It is administered orally, but its ease of use is tempered by other effects: it has a very long half life (>2 days) and has serious drug-drug interactions. Importantly, since Vitamin K is a ubiquitous cofactor within the coagulation cascade, antagonism results in the simultaneous inhibition of many clotting factors and thus can lead to significant bleeding complications.
- heparin the naturally-occurring polysaccharide that activates AT III, the endogenous inhibitor of many of the factors in the coagulation cascade.
- DTIs direct thrombin inhibitors
- Embodiments of the invention encompass compounds with structure of Formula (Ia):
- Ring A can be substituted or unsubstituted pyrazolyl
- L 1 and L 3 can be independently a bond, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, —S—, —SO—, —SO 2 —, —O—, —NHSO 2 —, or —NR 4 —
- L 2 can be absent, a bond, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted eteroalkylene, —S—, —SO—, —SO 2 —, —O—, —NHSO 2 —, or —NR 4 —
- R 1 and R 3 can be independently hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or
- L 3 can be a bond, or substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, and R 3 can be substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted fused ring aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, and Y can be fluorine.
- L 3 can be —C(O)O—, R 3 can be substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, and Y can be fluorine.
- L 3 can be —C(O)NR 5 —
- R 5 can be hydrogen or alkyl
- R 3 can be substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted aryl
- Y can be fluorine.
- R 3 can be substituted or unsubstituted phenyl.
- the heteroaryl can be pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, thienyl, or furyl.
- R 3 can be chloro-substituted thienyl.
- the heterocycloalkyl can be morpholinyl, oxanyl, or oxetanyl.
- the fused ring aryl can be benzodioxinyl or naphthyl.
- L 1 can be a bond, —S—, —NR 4 —, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene
- R 1 can be hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted fused ring aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl.
- the heteroaryl can be pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, thienyl, or furyl.
- R 1 can be chloro-substituted thienyl.
- the heterocycloalkyl can be morpholinyl, oxanyl, or oxetanyl.
- the fused ring aryl can be benzodioxinyl or naphthyl.
- R 1 can be substituted or unsubstituted phenyl.
- L 2 can be a bond, and R 2 can be hydrogen.
- L 2 can be substituted or unsubstituted alkylene or —C(O)—
- R 2 can be hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted fused ring aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- the heteroaryl can be pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, thienyl, or furyl.
- R 2 can be substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl.
- the heterocycloalkyl can be morpholinyl, oxanyl, or oxetanyl.
- the fused ring aryl can be benzodioxinyl or naphthyl.
- R 2 can be substituted or unsubstituted phenyl.
- L 3 can be a bond, or substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, R 3 can be substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted fused ring aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, and Y can be fluorine.
- L 3 can be —C(O)O—, R 3 can be substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, and Y can be fluorine.
- L 3 can be —C(O)NR 5 —
- R 5 can be hydrogen or alkyl
- R 3 can be substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted aryl
- Y can be fluorine.
- R 3 can be substituted or unsubstituted phenyl.
- the heteroaryl can be pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, thienyl, or furyl.
- R 3 can be chloro-substituted thienyl.
- the heterocycloalkyl can be morpholinyl, oxanyl, or oxetanyl.
- the fused ring aryl can be benzodioxinyl or naphthyl.
- L 1 can be a bond, —S—, —NR 4 —, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene
- R 1 can be hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted fused ring aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl.
- the heteroaryl can be pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, thienyl, or furyl.
- R 1 can be chloro-substituted thienyl.
- the heterocycloalkyl can be morpholinyl, oxanyl, or oxetanyl.
- the fused ring aryl can be benzodioxinyl or naphthyl.
- R 1 can be substituted or unsubstituted phenyl.
- L 2 can be a bond, and R 2 can be hydrogen.
- L 2 can be substituted or unsubstituted alkylene or —C(O)—
- R 2 can be hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted fused ring aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- the heteroaryl can be pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, thienyl, or furyl.
- R 2 can be substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl.
- the heterocycloalkyl can be morpholinyl, oxanyl, or oxetanyl.
- the fused ring aryl can be benzodioxinyl or naphthyl.
- R 2 can be substituted or unsubstituted phenyl.
- the compound can be selected from those set forth in Table A.
- Embodiments of the invention also encompass pharmaceutical compositions including such compounds, or a compound as set forth in Table A, and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
- Embodiments of the invention also encompass methods for treating a disease or disorder in a subject, including administering such compounds or pharmaceutical compositions to a subject in need thereof in an amount effective to treat said disease or disorder.
- the disease or disorder is a thrombotic disorder.
- the thrombotic disorder is acute coronary syndrome, venous thromboembolism, arterial thromboembolism or cardiogenic thromboembolism.
- the disease or disorder is fibrosis.
- the disease or disorder is Alzheimer's Disease.
- the disease or disorder is multiple sclerosis. In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is pain. In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is cancer. Embodiments of the invention also encompass methods for preventing a disease or disorder in a subject, including administering such compounds or pharmaceutical compositions to a subject in need thereof in an amount effective to prevent said disease or disorder.
- the disease or disorder can be a thrombotic disorder.
- the thrombotic disorder can be acute coronary syndrome, venous thromboembolism, arterial thromboembolism or cardiogenic thromboembolism.
- the thrombotic disorder can be disseminated intravascular coagulation. In some embodiments, the thrombotic disorder involves the presence or the potential formation of a blood clot thrombus.
- substituent groups are specified by their conventional chemical formulae, written from left to right, they equally encompass the chemically identical substituents that would result from writing the structure from right to left, e.g., —CH 2 O— is equivalent to —OCH 2 —.
- the term “attached” signifies a stable covalent bond, certain preferred points of attachment being apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art.
- halogen or “halo” include fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine. Additionally, terms such as “haloalkyl” are meant to include monohaloalkyl and polyhaloalkyl.
- halo(C 1 -C 4 )alkyl includes, but is not limited to, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 4-chlorobutyl, 3-bromopropyl, and the like.
- alkyl by itself or as part of another substituent, means, unless otherwise stated, a straight (i.e., unbranched) or branched chain, or combination thereof, which can be fully saturated, mono- or polyunsaturated and can include di- and multivalent radicals, having the number of carbon atoms designated (i.e., C 1 -C 10 means one to ten carbons).
- saturated hydrocarbon radicals include, but are not limited to, groups such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, t-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, (cyclohexyl)methyl, homologs and isomers of, for example, n-pentyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, and the like.
- An unsaturated alkyl group is one having one or more double bonds or triple bonds.
- unsaturated alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, vinyl, 2-propenyl, crotyl, 2-isopentenyl, 2-(butadienyl), 2,4-pentadienyl, 3-(1,4-pentadienyl), ethynyl, 1- and 3-propynyl, 3-butynyl, and the higher homologs and isomers.
- alkyl can refer to C 1 -C 16 straight chain saturated, C 1 -C 16 branched saturated, C 3 -C 8 cyclic saturated and C 1 -C 16 straight chain or branched saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups substituted with C 3 -C 8 cyclic saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups having the specified number of carbon atoms.
- this definition shall include but is not limited to methyl (Me), ethyl (Et), propyl (Pr), butyl (Bu), pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, undecyl, isopropyl (i-Pr), isobutyl (i-Bu), tert-butyl (t-Bu), sec-butyl (s-Bu), isopentyl, neopentyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, cyclopropylmethyl, and the like.
- alkylene by itself or as part of another substituent, means, unless otherwise stated, a divalent radical derived from an alkyl, as exemplified, but not limited by, —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 —.
- an alkyl (or alkylene) group will have from 1 to 24 carbon atoms, with those groups having 10 or fewer carbon atoms being preferred in the compounds disclosed herein.
- a “lower alkyl” or “lower alkylene” is a shorter chain alkyl or alkylene group, generally having eight or fewer carbon atoms.
- heteroalkyl by itself or in combination with another term, means, unless otherwise stated, a stable straight or branched chain, or combinations thereof, consisting of at least one carbon atom and at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of O, N, P, Si, and S, and wherein the nitrogen and sulfur atoms can optionally be oxidized, and the nitrogen heteroatom can optionally be quaternized.
- the heteroatom(s) O, N, P, S, and Si can be placed at any interior position of the heteroalkyl group or at the position at which the alkyl group is attached to the remainder of the molecule.
- Examples include, but are not limited to: —CH 2 —CH 2 —O—CH 3 , —CH 2 —CH 2 —NH—CH 3 , —CH 2 —CH 2 —N(CH 3 )—CH 3 , —CH 2 —S—CH 2 —CH 3 , —CH 2 —CH 2 , —S(O)—CH 3 , —CH 2 —CH 2 —S(O) 2 —CH 3 , —CH ⁇ CH—O—CH 3 , —Si(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 —CH ⁇ N—OCH 3 , —CH ⁇ CH—N(CH 3 )—CH 3 , —O—CH 3 , —O—CH 2 —CH 3 , and —CN.
- Up to two heteroatoms can be consecutive, such as, for example, —CH 2 —NH—OCH 3 .
- heteroalkylene by itself or as part of another substituent, means, unless otherwise stated, a divalent radical derived from heteroalkyl, as exemplified, but not limited by, —CH 2 —CH 2 —S—CH 2 —CH 2 — and —CH 2 —S—CH 2 —CH 2 —NH—CH 2 —.
- heteroatoms can also occupy either or both of the chain termini (e.g., alkyleneoxy, alkylenedioxy, alkyleneamino, alkylenediamino, and the like).
- heteroalkyl groups include those groups that are attached to the remainder of the molecule through a heteroatom, such as —C(O)R′, —C(O)NR′, —NR′R′′, —OR′, —SR′, and/or —SO 2 R′.
- heteroalkyl is recited, followed by recitations of specific heteroalkyl groups, such as —NR′R′′ or the like, it will be understood that the terms heteroalkyl and —NR′R′′ are not redundant or mutually exclusive. Rather, the specific heteroalkyl groups are recited to add clarity. Thus, the term “heteroalkyl” should not be interpreted herein as excluding specific heteroalkyl groups, such as —NR′R′′ or the like.
- cycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl mean, unless otherwise stated, cyclic versions of “alkyl” and “heteroalkyl,” respectively. Additionally, for heterocycloalkyl, a heteroatom can occupy the position at which the heterocycle is attached to the remainder of the molecule. Examples of cycloalkyl include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, 1-cyclohexenyl, 3-cyclohexenyl, cycloheptyl, and the like.
- heterocycloalkyl examples include, but are not limited to, 1-(1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridyl), 1-piperidinyl, 2-piperidinyl, 3-piperidinyl, 4-morpholinyl, 3-morpholinyl, tetrahydrofuran-2-yl, tetrahydrofuran-3-yl, tetrahydrothien-2-yl, tetrahydrothien-3-yl, 1-piperazinyl, 2-piperazinyl, and the like.
- a “cycloalkylene” and a “heterocycloalkylene,” alone or as part of another substituent, means a divalent radical derived from a cycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl, respectively.
- alkenyl includes C 2 -C 16 straight chain unsaturated, C 2 -C 11 branched unsaturated, C 5 -C 8 unsaturated cyclic, and C 2 -C 16 straight chain or branched unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups substituted with C 3 -C 8 cyclic saturated and unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups having the specified number of carbon atoms. Double bonds can occur in any stable point along the chain and the carbon-carbon double bonds can have either the cis or trans configuration.
- this definition shall include but is not limited to ethenyl, propenyl, butenyl, pentenyl, hexenyl, heptenyl, octenyl, nonenyl, decenyl, undecenyl, 1,5-octadienyl, 1,4,7-nonatrienyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, cycloheptenyl, cyclooctenyl, ethylcyclohexenyl, butenylcyclopentyl, 1-pentenyl-3-cyclohexenyl, and the like.
- heteroalkenyl refers to heteroalkyl having one or more double bonds.
- alkynyl refers in the customary sense to alkyl additionally having one or more triple bonds.
- cycloalkenyl refers to cycloalkyl additionally having one or more double bonds.
- heterocycloalkenyl refers to heterocycloalkyl additionally having one or more double bonds.
- acyl means, unless otherwise stated, —C(O)R where R is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- Substituents for the alkyl and heteroalkyl radicals can be one or more of a variety of groups selected from, but not limited to, —OR′, ⁇ O, ⁇ NR′, ⁇ N—OR′, —NR′R′′, —SR′, -halogen, —SiR′R′′R′′′, —OC(O)R′, —C(O)R′, —CO 2 R, —CONR′R′′, —OC(O)NR′R′′, —NR′′C(O)R′, —NR′—C(O)NR′′R′′′, —NR′′C(O) 2 R′, —NR—C(NR′R′′) ⁇ NR′′′, —S(O)
- R′, R′′, and R′′′ each preferably independently refer to hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl (e.g., aryl substituted with 1-3 halogens), substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, alkoxy, or thioalkoxy groups, or arylalkyl groups.
- each of the R groups is independently selected as are each R′, R′′, and R′′′ group when more than one of these groups is present.
- R′ and R′′ When R′ and R′′ are attached to the same nitrogen atom, they can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered ring.
- —NR′R′′ includes, but is not limited to, 1-pyrrolidinyl and 4-morpholinyl.
- alkyl is meant to include groups including carbon atoms bound to groups other than hydrogen groups, such as haloalkyl (e.g., —CF 3 and —CH 2 CF 3 ) and acyl (e.g., —C(O)CH 3 , —C(O)CF 3 , —C(O)CH 2 OCH 3 , and the like).
- substituents for the aryl and heteroaryl groups are varied and are selected from, for example: —OR′, —NR′R′′, —SR′, -halogen, —SiR′R′′R′′′, —OC(O)R′, —C(O)R′, —CO 2 R′, —CONR′R′′, —OC(O)NR′R′′, —NR′′C(O)R′, —NR′—C(O)NR′′R′′′, —NR′′C(O) 2 R′, —NR—C(NR′R′′) ⁇ NR′′′, —S(O)R′, —S(O) 2 R′, —S(O) 2 NR′R′′, —NRSO 2 R′, —CN, —NO 2 , —R′, —N 3 , —CH(Ph) 2 , fluoro(C 1 -C 4 )alkoxy
- Two or more substituents can optionally be joined to form aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycloalkyl groups.
- Such so-called ring-forming substituents are typically, though not necessarily, found attached to a cyclic base structure.
- the ring-forming substituents are attached to adjacent members of the base structure.
- two ring-forming substituents attached to adjacent members of a cyclic base structure create a fused ring structure.
- the ring-forming substituents are attached to a single member of the base structure.
- two ring-forming substituents attached to a single member of a cyclic base structure create a spirocyclic structure.
- the ring-forming substituents are attached to non-adjacent members of the base structure.
- Two of the substituents on adjacent atoms of the aryl or heteroaryl ring can optionally form a ring of the formula -T-C(O)—(CRR′) q —U—, wherein T and U are independently —NR—, —O—, —CRR′—, or a single bond, and q is an integer of from 0 to 3.
- two of the substituents on adjacent atoms of the aryl or heteroaryl ring can optionally be replaced with a substituent of the formula -A-(CH 2 ) r —B—, wherein A and B are independently —CRR′—, —O—, —NR—, —S—, —S(O)—, —S(O) 2 —, —S(O) 2 NR′—, or a single bond, and r is an integer of from 1 to 4.
- One of the single bonds of the new ring so formed can optionally be replaced with a double bond.
- two of the substituents on adjacent atoms of the aryl or heteroaryl ring can optionally be replaced with a substituent of the formula —(CRR′) s —X′— (C′′R′′′) d —, where s and d are independently integers of from 0 to 3, and X′ is —O—, —NR′—, —S—, —S(O)—, —S(O) 2 —, or —S(O) 2 NR′—.
- R, R′, R′′, and R′ are preferably independently selected from hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- heteroatom or “ring heteroatom” are meant to include oxygen (O), nitrogen (N), sulfur (S), phosphorus (P), and silicon (Si).
- alkyloxy (e.g. methoxy, ethoxy, propyloxy, allyloxy, cyclohexyloxy) represents an alkyl group as defined above having the indicated number of carbon atoms attached through an oxygen bridge (—O—).
- alkylthio (e.g. methylthio, ethylthio, propylthio, cyclohexylthio and the like) represents an alkyl group as defined above having the indicated number of carbon atoms attached through a sulfur bridge (—S—).
- alkylamino represents one or two alkyl groups as defined above having the indicated number of carbon atoms attached through an amine bridge.
- the two alkyl groups can be taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with or without one C 1 -C 16 alkyl, arylC 0 -C 16 alkyl, or C 0 -C 16 alkylaryl substituent.
- alkylaminoalkyl represents an alkylamino group attached through an alkyl group as defined above having the indicated number of carbon atoms.
- alkyloxy(alkyl)amino e.g. methoxy(methyl)amine, ethoxy(propyl)amine
- alkyloxy(alkyl)amino represents an alkyloxy group as defined above attached through an amino group, the amino group itself having an alkyl substituent.
- alkylcarbonyl e.g. cyclooctylcarbonyl, pentylcarbonyl, 3-hexylcarbonyl
- alkylcarbonyl represents an alkyl group as defined above having the indicated number of carbon atoms attached through a carbonyl group.
- alkylcarboxy e.g. heptylcarboxy, cyclopropylcarboxy, 3-pentenylcarboxy
- alkylcarboxy represents an alkylcarbonyl group as defined above wherein the carbonyl is in turn attached through an oxygen.
- alkylcarboxyalkyl represents an alkylcarboxy group attached through an alkyl group as defined above having the indicated number of carbon atoms.
- alkylcarbonylamino e.g. hexylcarbonylamino, cyclopentylcarbonylaminomethyl, methylcarbonylaminophenyl
- alkylcarbonylamino represents an alkylcarbonyl group as defined above wherein the carbonyl is in turn attached through the nitrogen atom of an amino group.
- the nitrogen group can itself be substituted with an alkyl or aryl group.
- aryl means, unless otherwise stated, a polyunsaturated, aromatic, hydrocarbon substituent, which can be a single ring or multiple rings (preferably from 1 to 3 rings) that are fused together (i.e., a fused ring aryl) or linked covalently.
- a fused ring aryl refers to multiple rings fused together wherein at least one of the fused rings is an aryl ring.
- heteroaryl refers to aryl groups (or rings) that contain from one to four heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, wherein the nitrogen and sulfur atoms are optionally oxidized, and the nitrogen atom(s) are optionally quaternized.
- heteroaryl includes fused ring heteroaryl groups (i.e., multiple rings fused together wherein at least one of the fused rings is a heteroaromatic ring).
- a 5,6-fused ring heteroarylene refers to two rings fused together, wherein one ring has 5 members and the other ring has 6 members, and wherein at least one ring is a heteroaryl ring.
- a 6,6-fused ring heteroarylene refers to two rings fused together, wherein one ring has 6 members and the other ring has 6 members, and wherein at least one ring is a heteroaryl ring.
- a 6,5-fused ring heteroarylene refers to two rings fused together, wherein one ring has 6 members and the other ring has 5 members, and wherein at least one ring is a heteroaryl ring.
- a heteroaryl group can be attached to the remainder of the molecule through a carbon or heteroatom.
- Non-limiting examples of aryl and heteroaryl groups include phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 4-biphenyl, 1-pyrrolyl, 2-pyrrolyl, 3-pyrrolyl, 3-pyrazolyl, 2-imidazolyl, 4-imidazolyl, pyrazinyl, 2-oxazolyl, 4-oxazolyl, 2-phenyl-4-oxazolyl, 5-oxazolyl, 3-isoxazolyl, 4-isoxazolyl, 5-isoxazolyl, 2-thiazolyl, 4-thiazolyl, 5-thiazolyl, 2-furyl, 3-furyl, 2-thienyl, 3-thienyl, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 2-pyrimidyl, 4-pyrimidyl, 5-benzothiazolyl, purinyl, 2-benzimidazolyl, 5-indolyl, 1-isoquinoly
- aryl and heteroaryl ring systems are selected from the group of acceptable substituents described below.
- the aryl substituents are independently selected from the group consisting of halo, nitro, cyano, trihalomethyl, arylC 1-16 alkyl, C 0-16 alkyloxyC 0-16 alkyl, arylC 0-16 alkyloxyC 0-16 alkyl, C 0-16 alkylthioC 0-16 alkyl, arylC 0-16 alkylthioC 0-16 alkyl, C 0-16 alkylaminoC 0-16 alkyl, arylC 0-16 alkylaminoC 0-16 alkyl, di(arylC 1-16 alkyl)aminoC 0-16 alkyl, C 1-16 alkylcarbonylC 0-16 alkyl, arylC 1-16 alkylcarbonylC 0-16 alkyl, C 1-16 alkylcarboxyC 0-16 alkyl, arylC 1-16 alkylcarboxyC 0-16 alkyl, C 1-16 alkylcar
- aryl when used in combination with other terms (e.g., aryloxy, arylthioxy, arylalkyl) includes both aryl and heteroaryl rings as defined above.
- arylalkyl e.g., benzyl, phenethyl, pyridylmethyl, and the like
- alkyl group e.g., benzyl, phenethyl, pyridylmethyl, and the like
- alkyl groups e.g., benzyl, phenethyl, pyridylmethyl, and the like
- an oxygen atom e.g., phenoxymethyl, 2-pyridyloxymethyl, 3-(1-naphthyloxy)propyl, and the like
- sulfur atom e.g., phenoxymethyl, 2-pyridyloxymethyl, 3-(1-naphthyloxy)propyl, and the like
- arylalkyl e.g. (4-hydroxyphenyl)ethyl, (2-aminonaphthyl)hexyl, pyridylcyclopentyl
- arylalkyl represents an aryl group as defined above attached through an alkyl group as defined above having the indicated number of carbon atoms.
- oxo means an oxygen that is double bonded to a carbon atom.
- alkylsulfonyl means a moiety having the formula —S(O 2 )—R′, where R′ is an alkyl group as defined above. R′ can have a specified number of carbons (e.g., “C 1 -C 4 alkylsulfonyl”).
- carbonyloxy represents a carbonyl group attached through an oxygen bridge.
- alkyl and “alkenyl” can be used interchangeably in so far as a stable chemical entity is formed, as would be apparent to those skilled in the art.
- linker refers to attachment groups interposed between substituents, e.g., R 1 , R 2 or R 3 described herein, e.g., Formula (Ia) and generically referred to as R n , and the group which is substituted, e.g., “ring A” group of e.g., Formula (Ia).
- the linker includes amido (—CONH—R n or —NHCO—R n ), thioamido (—CSNH—R n or —NHCS—R n ), carboxyl (—CO 2 —R n or —OCOR n ), carbonyl (—CO—R n ), urea (—NHCONH—R n ), thiourea (—NHCSNH—R n ), sulfonamido (—NHSO 2 —R n or —SO 2 NH—R n ), ether (—O—R n ), sulfonyl (—SO 2 —R n ), sulfoxyl (—SO—R n ), carbamoyl (—NHCO 2 —R n or —OCONH—R n ), or amino (—NHR n ) linking moieties.
- a “substituent group,” as used herein, means a group selected from the following moieties:
- a “size-limited substituent” or “size-limited substituent group,” as used herein, means a group selected from all of the substituents described above for a “substituent group,” wherein each substituted or unsubstituted alkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 20 alkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted 2 to 20 membered heteroalkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted C 4 -C 8 cycloalkyl, and each substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted 4 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl.
- a “lower substituent” or “lower substituent group,” as used herein, means a group selected from all of the substituents described above for a “substituent group,” wherein each substituted or unsubstituted alkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 8 alkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted 2 to 8 membered heteroalkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted C 5 -C 7 cycloalkyl, and each substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted 5 to 7 membered heterocycloalkyl.
- Ring A is substituted or unsubstituted pyrazolyl.
- L 1 and L 3 are independently a bond, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, —S—, —SO—, —SO 2 —, —O—, —NHSO 2 —, or —NR 4 —.
- L 2 is absent, a bond, a hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, —S—, —SO—, —SO 2 —, —O—, —NHSO 2 —, or —NR 4 —.
- R 1 and R 3 are independently hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted fused ring aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- R 2 is absent, hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted fused ring aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- R 4 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted fused ring aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- Y is a halogen.
- R 2 can be absent provided L 2 is also absent.
- the compound is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, solvate, or prodrug of a compound of Formula (la). In some embodiments, the compound is not an ester, not a solvate, and not a prodrug.
- L 1 is —S—, —NR 4 —, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, where R 4 is as described above in regards to formula Ia, and R 1 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted fused ring aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl.
- R 3 is substituted or unsubstituted aryl. In some embodiments, R 3 is unsubstituted aryl. In some embodiments, R 3 is unsubstituted phenyl.
- L 2 is a bond. In some embodiments, L 2 is a bond and R 2 is hydrogen. Y is fluorine.
- L 2 is —C(O)—
- R 2 is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted fused ring aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- R 2 is unsubstituted aryl.
- R 2 is unsubstituted phenyl.
- L 2 and R 2 are absent, providing a compound with structure of Formula (Ib) following.
- the compound is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, solvate, or prodrug of a compound of Formula (Ib). In some embodiments, the compound is not an ester, not a solvate, and not a prodrug.
- the compound has the structure of Formula (IIa).
- L 3 is a bond, or substituted or unsubstituted alkylene
- R 3 is substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted fused ring aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- R 3 is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, or substituted or unsubstituted thienyl.
- R 3 is unsubstituted phenyl.
- R 3 is unsubstituted thienyl.
- R 3 is a chloro-substituted thienyl. In some embodiments, R 3 is substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl, or substituted or unsubstituted pyridazinyl. In some embodiments, R 3 is unsubstituted pyridyl. In some embodiments, R 3 is unsubstituted pyridazinyl. In some embodiments, R 3 is substituted or unsubstituted pyrimidinyl, or substituted or unsubstituted furyl. In some embodiments, R 3 is unsubstituted pyrimidinyl. In some embodiments, R 3 is unsubstituted furyl.
- R 3 is substituted or unsubstituted morpholinyl, or substituted or unsubstituted oxanyl, or substituted or unsubstituted oxetanyl. In some embodiments, R 3 is unsubstituted morpholinyl. In some embodiments, R 3 is unsubstituted oxanyl. In some embodiments, R 3 is unsubstituted oxetanyl. In some embodiments, R 3 is substituted or unsubstituted benzodioxinyl, or substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl. In some embodiments, R 3 is unsubstituted benzodioxinyl. In some embodiments, R 3 is unsubstituted naphthyl. In some embodiments, R 3 is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl. In some embodiments, Y is fluorine.
- the compound has the structure of Formula (IIa) wherein L 3 is —C(O)O—, and R 3 is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, and Y is fluorine.
- the compound has the structure of Formula (IIa) wherein L 3 is —C(O)NR 5 —, R 5 is hydrogen or alkyl, and R 3 is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl and Y is fluorine.
- L 1 is —S—, a bond, —NR 4 —, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, where R 4 is as described in formula Ia and R 1 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted fused ring aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl.
- R 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl.
- R 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridazinyl. In some embodiments, R 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted pyrimidinyl. In some embodiments, R 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted thienyl. In some embodiments, R 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted furyl. In some embodiments, R 1 is an unsubstituted pyridyl. In some embodiments, R 1 is an unsubstituted pyridazinyl. In some embodiments, R 1 is an unsubstituted pyrimidinyl. In some embodiments, R 1 is an unsubstituted thienyl.
- R 1 is a chloro-substituted thienyl. In some embodiments, R 1 is an unsubstituted furyl. In some embodiments, R 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted morpholinyl. In some embodiments, R 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted oxanyl. In some embodiments, R 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted oxetanyl. In some embodiments, R 1 is an unsubstituted morpholinyl. In some embodiments, R 1 is an unsubstituted oxanyl. In some embodiments, R 1 is an unsubstituted oxetanyl.
- R 1 is substituted or unsubstituted benzodioxinyl. In some embodiments, R 1 is substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl. In some embodiments, R 1 is unsubstituted benzodioxinyl. In some embodiments, R 1 is unsubstituted naphthyl. In some embodiments, R 1 is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl. In some embodiments, Y is fluorine.
- L 2 is a bond.
- R 2 is hydrogen.
- L 2 is substituted or unsubstituted alkylene or —C(O)—
- R 2 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted fused ring aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- R 2 is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl. In some embodiments, R 2 is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridazinyl. In some embodiments, R 2 is a substituted or unsubstituted pyrimidinyl. In some embodiments, R 2 is a substituted or unsubstituted thienyl. In some embodiments, R 2 is a substituted or unsubstituted furyl. In some embodiments, R 2 is an unsubstituted pyridyl. In some embodiments, R 2 is an unsubstituted pyridazinyl.
- R 2 is an unsubstituted pyrimidinyl. In some embodiments, R 2 is an unsubstituted thienyl. In some embodiments, R 2 is a chloro-substituted thienyl. In some embodiments, R 2 is an unsubstituted furyl. In some embodiments, R 2 is a substituted or unsubstituted morpholinyl. In some embodiments, R 2 is a substituted or unsubstituted oxanyl. In some embodiments, R 2 is a substituted or unsubstituted oxetanyl. In some embodiments, R 2 is an unsubstituted morpholinyl.
- R 2 is an unsubstituted oxanyl. In some embodiments, R 2 is an unsubstituted oxetanyl. In some embodiments, R 2 is substituted or unsubstituted benzodioxinyl. In some embodiments, R 2 is substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl. In some embodiments, R 2 is unsubstituted benzodioxinyl. In some embodiments, R 2 is unsubstituted naphthyl. In some embodiments, R 2 is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl. In some embodiments, Y is fluorine.
- the compound has the structure of Formula (IIb).
- L 3 is a bond, or substituted or unsubstituted alkylene
- R 3 is substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted fused ring aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- R 3 is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, or substituted or unsubstituted thienyl.
- R 3 is unsubstituted phenyl.
- R 3 is unsubstituted thienyl.
- R 3 is a chloro-substituted thienyl. In some embodiments, R 3 is substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl, or substituted or unsubstituted pyridazinyl. In some embodiments, R 3 is unsubstituted pyridyl. In some embodiments, R 3 is unsubstituted pyridazinyl. In some embodiments, R 3 is substituted or unsubstituted pyrimidinyl, or substituted or unsubstituted furyl. In some embodiments, R 3 is unsubstituted pyrimidinyl. In some embodiments, R 3 is unsubstituted furyl.
- R 3 is substituted or unsubstituted morpholinyl, or substituted or unsubstituted oxanyl, or substituted or unsubstituted oxetanyl. In some embodiments, R 3 is unsubstituted morpholinyl. In some embodiments, R 3 is unsubstituted oxanyl. In some embodiments, R 3 is unsubstituted oxetanyl. In some embodiments, R 3 is substituted or unsubstituted benzodioxinyl, or substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl. In some embodiments, R 3 is unsubstituted benzodioxinyl. In some embodiments, R 3 is unsubstituted naphthyl. In some embodiments, R 3 is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl. In some embodiments, Y is fluorine.
- the compound has the structure of Formula (IIb) wherein L 3 is —C(O)O—, and R 3 is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, and Y is fluorine.
- the compound has the structure of Formula (IIb) wherein L 3 is —C(O)NR 5 —, R 5 is hydrogen or alkyl, and R 3 is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl and Y is fluorine.
- L 1 is a bond, —S—, —NR 4 —, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, where R 4 is as described in formula Ia and R 1 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted fused ring aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl.
- R 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl.
- R 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridazinyl. In some embodiments, R 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted pyrimidinyl. In some embodiments, R 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted thienyl. In some embodiments, R 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted furyl. In some embodiments, R 1 is an unsubstituted pyridyl. In some embodiments, R 1 is an unsubstituted pyridazinyl. In some embodiments, R 1 is an unsubstituted pyrimidinyl. In some embodiments, R 1 is an unsubstituted thienyl.
- R 1 is a chloro-substituted thienyl. In some embodiments, R 1 is an unsubstituted furyl. In some embodiments, R 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted morpholinyl. In some embodiments, R 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted oxanyl. In some embodiments, R 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted oxetanyl. In some embodiments, R 1 is an unsubstituted morpholinyl. In some embodiments, R 1 is an unsubstituted oxanyl. In some embodiments, R 1 is an unsubstituted oxetanyl.
- R 1 is substituted or unsubstituted benzodioxinyl. In some embodiments, R 1 is substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl. In some embodiments, R 1 is unsubstituted benzodioxinyl. In some embodiments, R 1 is unsubstituted naphthyl. In some embodiments, R 1 is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl. In some embodiments, Y is fluorine.
- L 2 is a bond or substituted or unsubstituted alkylene. In some embodiments, L 2 is a bond. In some embodiments, L 2 is unsubstituted alkylene. In some embodiments, L 2 is substituted alkylene. In some embodiments, R 2 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R 2 is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted aryl. Further to any particular L 2 , in some embodiments R 2 is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted aryl.
- R 2 is unsubstituted alkyl. In some embodiments, R 2 is unsubstituted aryl. In some embodiments, R 3 is unsubstituted phenyl. In some embodiments, R 2 is substituted alkyl. In some embodiments, R 2 is substituted aryl. In some embodiments, Y is fluorine.
- L 2 is substituted or unsubstituted alkylene or —C(O)—
- R 2 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted fused ring aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- R 2 is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl. In some embodiments, R 2 is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridazinyl. In some embodiments, R 2 is a substituted or unsubstituted pyrimidinyl. In some embodiments, R 2 is a substituted or unsubstituted thienyl. In some embodiments, R 2 is a substituted or unsubstituted furyl. In some embodiments, R 2 is an unsubstituted pyridyl. In some embodiments, R 2 is an unsubstituted pyridazinyl.
- R 2 is an unsubstituted pyrimidinyl. In some embodiments, R 2 is an unsubstituted thienyl. In some embodiments, R 2 is a chloro-substituted thienyl. In some embodiments, R 2 is an unsubstituted furyl. In some embodiments, R 2 is a substituted or unsubstituted morpholinyl. In some embodiments, R 2 is a substituted or unsubstituted oxanyl. In some embodiments, R 2 is a substituted or unsubstituted oxetanyl. In some embodiments, R 2 is an unsubstituted morpholinyl.
- R 2 is an unsubstituted oxanyl. In some embodiments, R 2 is an unsubstituted oxetanyl. In some embodiments, R 2 is substituted or unsubstituted benzodioxinyl. In some embodiments, R 2 is substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl. In some embodiments, R 2 is unsubstituted benzodioxinyl. In some embodiments, R 2 is unsubstituted naphthyl. In some embodiments, R 2 is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl. In some embodiments, Y is fluorine.
- Exemplary compounds, e.g., multisubstituted aromatic compounds, in accordance with the present disclosure are provided herein.
- compound (Cmpd) number chemical name (i.e., International Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry [IUPAC] name), molecular weight (MW calc calculated mass) and biological activity (i.e., inhibition activity in a thrombin assay) are disclosed.
- IUPAC International Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry
- Compounds disclosed herein also include racemic mixtures, stereoisomers and mixtures of the compounds, including isotopically-labeled and radio-labeled compounds. See e.g., Goding, 1986, M ONOCLONAL A NTIBODIES P RINCIPLES AND P RACTICE ; Academic Press, p. 104. Such isomers can be isolated by standard resolution techniques, including e.g., fractional crystallization, chiral chromatography, and the like. See e.g., Eliel, E. L. & Wilen S. H., 1993, S TEREOCHEMISTRY IN O RGANIC C OMPOUNDS ; John Wiley & Sons, New York.
- compounds disclosed herein have asymmetric centers and can occur as racemates, racemic mixtures, and as individual enantiomers or diastereoisomers, with all isomeric forms as well as mixtures thereof being contemplated for use in the compounds and methods described herein.
- the compounds contemplated for use in the compounds and methods described herein do not include those that are known in the art to be too unstable to synthesize and/or isolate.
- the compounds disclosed herein can also contain unnatural proportions of atomic isotopes at one or more of the atoms that constitute such compounds.
- the compounds can be radiolabeled with radioactive isotopes, such as for example tritium ( 3 H), iodine-125 ( 125 I), or carbon-14 ( 14 C). All isotopic variations of the compounds disclosed herein, whether radioactive or not, are encompassed within the contemplated scope.
- metabolites of the compounds disclosed herein are useful for the methods disclosed herein.
- prodrug refers to a compound that can be converted into a compound (e.g., a biologically active compound) described herein in vivo.
- Prodrugs can be useful for a variety of reason known in the art, including e.g., ease of administration due e.g., to enhanced bioavailable in oral administration, and the like.
- the prodrug can also have improved solubility in pharmaceutical compositions over the biologically active compounds.
- prodrug is a compound which is administered as an ester (i.e., the “prodrug”) to facilitate transmittal across a cell membrane where water solubility is detrimental to mobility but which then is metabolically hydrolyzed to the carboxylic acid, the active entity, once inside the cell where water-solubility is beneficial.
- the prodrug Conventional procedures for the selection and preparation of suitable prodrug derivatives are described, for example, in DESIGN OF PRODRUGS, (ed. H. Bundgaard, Elsevier, 1985), which is hereby incorporated herein by reference for the limited purpose describing procedures and preparation of suitable prodrug derivatives.
- prodrug ester refers to derivatives of the compounds disclosed herein formed by the addition of any of a variety of ester-forming groups, e.g., groups known in the art, that are hydrolyzed under physiological conditions.
- ester-forming groups e.g., groups known in the art, that are hydrolyzed under physiological conditions.
- prodrug ester groups include pivaloyloxymethyl, acetoxymethyl, phthalidyl, indanyl and methoxymethyl, as well as other such groups known in the art, including a (5-R-2-oxo-1,3-dioxolen-4-yl)methyl group.
- Other examples of prodrug ester groups can be found in, for example, T.
- prodrugs can be slowly converted to the compounds described herein useful for the methods described herein when placed in a transdermal patch reservoir with a suitable enzyme or chemical reagent.
- Certain compounds disclosed herein can exist in unsolvated forms as well as solvated forms, including hydrated forms. In general, the solvated forms are equivalent to unsolvated forms and are encompassed within the scope of contemplated compounds. Certain compounds of the present invention can exist in multiple crystalline or amorphous forms. In general, all physical forms are equivalent for the compounds and methods contemplated herein and are intended to be within the scope disclosed herein.
- compounds described herein exhibit inhibitory activity against thrombin with activities ⁇ 1 ⁇ M, e.g., about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100 ⁇ M, or even greater.
- the compounds exhibit inhibitory activity against thrombin with activities between 0.1 ⁇ M and 1 ⁇ M, e.g., about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9 or 1.0 ⁇ M.
- compounds described herein exhibit inhibitory activity against thrombin with activities ⁇ 0.1 ⁇ M, e.g., about 1, 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, or 100 nM. Ranges of values using a combination of any of the values recited herein as upper and/or lower limits are also contemplated, for example, but not limited to, 1-10 nM, 10-100 nM, 0.1-1 ⁇ M, 1-10 ⁇ M, 10-100 ⁇ M, 100-200 ⁇ M, 200-500 ⁇ M, or even 500-1000 ⁇ M.
- the inhibitory activity is in the range of about 1-10 nM, 10-100 nM, 0.1-1 ⁇ M, 1-10 ⁇ M, 10-100 ⁇ M, 100-200 ⁇ M, 200-500 ⁇ M, or even 500-1000 ⁇ M. It is understood that for purposes of quantification, the terms “activity,” “inhibitory activity,” “biological activity,” “thrombin activity” and the like in the context of an inhibitory compound disclosed herein can be quantified in a variety of ways known in the art. Unless indicated otherwise, as used herein such terms refer to IC 50 in the customary sense (i.e., concentration to achieve half-maximal inhibition).
- a dose or a therapeutically effective dose of a compound disclosed herein will be that which is sufficient to achieve a plasma concentration of the compound or its active metabolite(s) within a range set forth herein, e.g., about 1-10 nM, 10-100 nM, 0.1-1 ⁇ M, 1-10 ⁇ M, 10-100 ⁇ M, 100-200 ⁇ M, 200-500 ⁇ M, or even 500-1000 ⁇ M, preferably about 1-10 nM, 10-100 nM, or 0.1-1 ⁇ M.
- it is believe that such compounds are indicated in the treatment or management of thrombotic disorders.
- Thrombotic diseases are the primary indications for thrombin inhibition, because of thrombin's location in the coagulation cascade and, in turn, the importance of the coagulation cascade in the progression of blood clotting processes.
- thrombin thrombin's location in the coagulation cascade and, in turn, the importance of the coagulation cascade in the progression of blood clotting processes.
- the coagulation cascade in general, and thrombin in particular is important in a variety other disease states.
- This inhibitory action is useful in the treatment of a variety of thrombotic disorders, such as, but not limited to, acute vascular diseases such as acute coronary syndromes; venous-, arterial- and cardiogenic thromboembolisms; the prevention of other states such as disseminated intravascular coagulation, or other conditions that involve the presence or the potential formation of a blood clot thrombus.
- acute vascular diseases such as acute coronary syndromes
- venous-, arterial- and cardiogenic thromboembolisms the prevention of other states such as disseminated intravascular coagulation, or other conditions that involve the presence or the potential formation of a blood clot thrombus.
- Other indications for methods described herein include the following.
- LMWHs low molecular weight heparins
- dabigatran etexilate treatment led to a 50% reduction in tumor volume at 4 weeks with no weight loss in treated mice. Dabigatran etexilate also reduced tumor cells in the blood and liver micrometastases by 50-60%.
- hirudin and the LMWH nadroparin dramatically reduced the number of lung metastases when administered prior to cancer cell inoculation. See e.g., Hu, L., et al., 2004 , Blood, 104:2746-51.
- the de novo thrombin inhibitor d-Arg-Oic-Pro-d-Ala-Phe(p-Me) has been found to block thrombin-stimulated invasion of prostate cancer cell line PC-3 in a concentration dependent manner. See e.g., Nieman, M. T., et al., 2008 , J Thromb Haemost, 6:837-845. A reduced rate of tumor growth was observed in mice dosed with the pentapeptide through their drinking water. The mice also showed reduced fold rate in tumor size and reduced overall tumor weight compared to untreated mice. Microscopic examination of treated tumors showed reduced number of large blood vessels thus concluding that the pentapeptide interfered with tumor angiogenesis. Nieman, M. T., et al., Thromb Haemost, 104:1044-8.
- anticoagulants affect tumor metastasis; that is, angiogenesis, cancer cell adhesion, migration and invasion processes. See e.g., Van Noorden, C. J., et al., 2010 , Thromb Res, 125 Suppl 2:S77-79.
- the DTI melagatran greatly reduced ischemia reperfusion injury in a kidney transplant model in the large white pig. This led to a drastically improved kidney graft survival at 3 months. See e.g., Favreau, F., et al., 2010 , Am J Transplant, 10:30-39.
- MS Multiple Sclerosis
- hirudin prevented the development of neuropathic pain and curbed pain responses for 7 days.
- the investigators found that following injury, neuropathic pain was mediated by thrombin generation, which in turn activated PAR-1 receptor in the spinal cord. Hirudin inhibited thrombin generation and ultimately led to pain relief. See e.g., Garcia, P. S., et al., 2010 , Thromb Haemost, 103:1145-1151; Narita, M., et al., 2005 , J Neurosci, 25:10000-10009.
- a method for treating a disease or disorder in a subject in need thereof includes administering a compound of any of Formulae (Ia), (Ib), (IIa) or (IIb) as disclosed herein, a compound as set forth in Table A, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, solvate, or prodrug thereof, or pharmaceutical composition thereof, to a subject in need thereof in an amount effective to treat the disease or disorder.
- terapéuticaally effective amount refers to that amount of drug or pharmaceutical agent (e.g., compound or pharmaceutical composition disclosed herein) that will elicit the biological or medical response of a tissue, system, animal, or human that is being sought by a researcher, veterinarian, medical doctor or other clinician.
- drug or pharmaceutical agent e.g., compound or pharmaceutical composition disclosed herein
- the disease or disorder is a thrombotic disease or disorder.
- the thrombotic disease or disorder is acute coronary syndrome, venous thromboembolism, arterial thromboembolism or cardiogenic thromboembolism.
- the thrombotic disease or disorder is acute coronary syndrome.
- the thrombotic disease or disorder is venous thromboembolism.
- the thrombotic disease or disorder is arterial thromboembolism.
- the thrombotic disease or disorder is cardiogenic thromboembolism.
- the disease or disorder is fibrosis, Alzheimer's Disease, multiple sclerosis, pain, or cancer. In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is Alzheimer's Disease. In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is multiple sclerosis.
- the disease or disorder is fibrosis. In some embodiments contemplating fibrosis, the method is directed to treating chronic liver injury. In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is ischemia reperfusion injury. In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is pulmonary fibrosis.
- the disease or disorder is pain. In some embodiments, the pain is neuropathic pain.
- the disease or disorder is cancer.
- the cancer is limited small cell lung cancer.
- the cancer is a glioma.
- the cancer is malignant breast cancer.
- the cancer is a micrometastasis.
- the micrometastasis is of the blood or liver.
- the cancer is a lung metastasis.
- the cancer is prostatic cancer.
- a method for preventing a disease or disorder in a subject includes administering a compound of any of Formulae (Ia), (Ib), (IIa) or (IIb) as disclosed herein, compound as set forth in Table A herein, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, solvate, or prodrug thereof, or pharmaceutical composition thereof, to a subject in need thereof in an amount effective to prevent the disease or disorder.
- the disease or disorder is a thrombotic disorder.
- the thrombotic disorder is acute coronary syndrome, venous thromboembolism, arterial thromboembolism or cardiogenic thromboembolism.
- the thrombotic disease or disorder is disseminated intravascular coagulation.
- the thrombotic disorder involves the presence or the potential formation of a blood clot thrombus.
- the disease or disorder is fibrosis, Alzheimer's Disease, multiple sclerosis, pain, or cancer. In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is fibrosis. In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is Alzheimer's Disease. In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is multiple sclerosis. In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is pain. In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is cancer.
- protease activity of a variety of proteins, e.g., thrombin.
- protease activity of a variety of proteins e.g., thrombin
- a chromophoric substrate e.g., a p-nitroanilide peptide substrate, which upon hydrolysis releases p-nitroanilide, which in turn gives rise to a color change which can be determined spectrophotometrically.
- the change in color can be monitored with a spectrophotometer at e.g., 405 nm to provide a signal which is directly proportional to the proteolytic activity of the enzyme.
- the thrombin activity reported herein was obtained as follows. Human thrombin was obtained from Haematologic Technologies Inc. The chromogenic substrate S-2238 was obtained from DiaPharma. Thrombin was assayed in buffer containing 0.05 M Tris (pH 7.4), 0.015 M NaCl and 0.01% PEG-8000. The final concentration of enzyme used was 3 nM thrombin. The final concentration of substrate used was 125 ⁇ M S-2238 for thrombin. All assays were performed in 96-well microtiter plates at room temperature (RT).
- Inhibitor IC 50 values were determined by adding test compound as ten point, three-fold serial dilutions in buffer solution, as known in the art. The plate was read at 10 minutes after substrate addition. The IC 50 was calculated by plotting the percent (%) inhibition against compound concentration and fitting the data to a constrained four parameter sigmoidal curve, as known in the art.
- a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound disclosed herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
- the compound is a compound of any of Formulae (Ia), (Ib), (IIa) or (IIb) as disclosed herein, a compound as set forth in Table A herein, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, solvate, or prodrug thereof.
- the compound is set forth in Table A herein.
- salts are meant to include salts of the active compounds that are prepared with relatively nontoxic acids or bases, depending on the particular substituents found on the compounds described herein.
- base addition salts can be obtained by contacting the neutral form of such compounds with a sufficient amount of the desired base, either neat or in a suitable inert solvent.
- pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts include sodium, potassium, calcium, ammonium, organic amino, or magnesium salt, or a similar salt.
- acid addition salts can be obtained by contacting the neutral form of such compounds with a sufficient amount of the desired acid, either neat or in a suitable inert solvent.
- Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts include those derived from inorganic acids like hydrochloric, hydrobromic, nitric, carbonic, monohydrogencarbonic, phosphoric, monohydrogenphosphoric, dihydrogenphosphoric, sulfuric, monohydrogensulfuric, hydriodic, or phosphorous acids and the like, as well as the salts derived from relatively nontoxic organic acids like acetic, propionic, isobutyric, maleic, malonic, benzoic, succinic, suberic, fumaric, lactic, mandelic, phthalic, benzenesulfonic, p-tolylsulfonic, citric, tartaric, oxalic, methanesulfonic, and the like.
- inorganic acids like hydrochloric, hydrobromic, nitric, carbonic, monohydrogencarbonic, phosphoric, monohydrogenphosphoric, dihydrogenphosphoric, sulfuric, monohydrogensulfuric, hydriodic,
- salts of amino acids such as arginate and the like, and salts of organic acids like glucuronic or galactunoric acids and the like (see, for example, Berge et al., “Pharmaceutical Salts”, Journal of Pharmaceutical Science, 1977, 66, 1-19).
- Certain specific compounds disclosed herein contain both basic and acidic functionalities that allow the compounds to be converted into either base or acid addition salts.
- salts can exist as salts, such as with pharmaceutically acceptable acids. Accordingly, the compounds contemplated herein include such salts. Examples of such salts include hydrochlorides, hydrobromides, sulfates, methanesulfonates, nitrates, maleates, acetates, citrates, fumarates, tartrates (e.g., (+)-tartrates, ( ⁇ )-tartrates, or mixtures thereof including racemic mixtures), succinates, benzoates, and salts with amino acids such as glutamic acid. These salts can be prepared by methods known to those skilled in the art.
- the neutral forms of the compounds are preferably regenerated by contacting the salt with a base or acid and isolating the parent compound in the conventional manner.
- the parent form of the compound differs from the various salt forms in certain physical properties, such as solubility in polar solvents.
- salts of the compounds above, where a basic or acidic group is present in the structure are also included within the scope of compounds contemplated herein.
- an acidic substituent such as —NHSO 3 H, —COOH and —P(O)(OH) 2
- Basic groups such as amino or basic heteroaryl radicals, or pyridyl and acidic salts, such as hydrochloride, hydrobromide, acetate, maleate, palmoate, methanesulfonate, p-toluenesulfonate, and the like, can be used as the dosage form.
- esters can be employed, e. g., methyl, ethyl, tert-butyl, pivaloyloxymethyl, and the like, and those esters known in the art for modifying solubility or hydrolysis characteristics for use as sustained release or prodrug formulations.
- the compounds disclosed herein can be prepared and administered in a wide variety of oral, parenteral, and topical dosage forms.
- the compounds can be administered by injection (e.g. intravenously, intramuscularly, intracutaneously, subcutaneously, intraduodenally, or intraperitoneally).
- the compounds described herein can be administered by inhalation, for example, intranasally.
- the compounds disclosed herein can be administered transdermally. It is also envisioned that multiple routes of administration (e.g., intramuscular, oral, transdermal) can be used to administer the compounds disclosed herein.
- the compounds disclosed herein can be administered orally as tablets, aqueous or oily suspensions, lozenges, troches, powders, granules, emulsions, capsules, syrups or elixirs.
- the composition for oral use can contain one or more agents selected from the group of sweetening agents, flavoring agents, coloring agents and preserving agents in order to produce pharmaceutically elegant and palatable preparations. Accordingly, there are also provided pharmaceutical compositions comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient and one or more compounds disclosed herein.
- tablets contain the acting ingredient in admixture with non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable excipients that are suitable for the manufacture of tablets.
- excipients can be, for example, (1) inert diluents, such as calcium carbonate, lactose, calcium phosphate, carboxymethylcellulose, or sodium phosphate; (2) granulating and disintegrating agents, such as corn starch or alginic acid; (3) binding agents, such as starch, gelatin or acacia; and (4) lubricating agents, such as magnesium stearate, stearic acid or talc.
- These tablets can be uncoated or coated by known techniques to delay disintegration and absorption in the gastrointestinal tract and thereby provide a sustained action over a longer period.
- a time delay material such as glyceryl monostearate or glyceryl distearate can be employed.
- pharmaceutically acceptable carriers can be either solid or liquid.
- Solid form preparations include powders, tablets, pills, capsules, cachets, suppositories, and dispersible granules.
- a solid carrier can be one or more substance that can also act as diluents, flavoring agents, binders, preservatives, tablet disintegrating agents, or an encapsulating material.
- a compound disclosed herein, in the form of a free compound or a pharmaceutically-acceptable pro-drug, metabolite, analogue, derivative, solvate or salt can be administered, for in vivo application, parenterally by injection or by gradual perfusion over time. Administration can be intravenously, intraperitoneally, intramuscularly, subcutaneously, intracavity, or transdermally. For in vitro studies the compounds can be added or dissolved in an appropriate biologically acceptable buffer and added to a cell or tissue.
- the carrier is a finely divided solid in a mixture with the finely divided active component.
- the active component is mixed with the carrier having the necessary binding properties in suitable proportions and compacted in the shape and size desired.
- the powders and tablets preferably contain from 5% to 70% of the active compound.
- Suitable carriers are magnesium carbonate, magnesium stearate, talc, sugar, lactose, pectin, dextrin, starch, gelatin, tragacanth, methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, a low melting wax, cocoa butter, and the like.
- the term “preparation” is intended to include the formulation of the active compound with encapsulating material as a carrier providing a capsule in which the active component with or without other carriers, is surrounded by a carrier, which is thus in association with it.
- cachets and lozenges are included. Tablets, powders, capsules, pills, cachets, and lozenges can be used as solid dosage forms suitable for oral administration.
- a low melting wax such as a mixture of fatty acid glycerides or cocoa butter
- the active component is dispersed homogeneously therein, as by stirring.
- the molten homogeneous mixture is then poured into convenient sized molds, allowed to cool, and thereby to solidify.
- Liquid form preparations include solutions, suspensions, and emulsions, for example, water or water/propylene glycol solutions.
- liquid preparations can be formulated in solution in aqueous polyethylene glycol solution.
- admixtures for the compounds disclosed herein are injectable, sterile solutions, preferably oily or aqueous solutions, as well as suspensions, emulsions, or implants, including suppositories.
- carriers for parenteral administration include aqueous solutions of dextrose, saline, pure water, ethanol, glycerol, propylene glycol, peanut oil, sesame oil, polyoxyethylene-block polymers, and the like. Ampoules are convenient unit dosages.
- the compounds disclosed herein can also be incorporated into liposomes or administered via transdermal pumps or patches.
- compositions and methods suitable for use in the pharmaceuticals compositions and methods disclosed herein include those described, for example, in P HARMACEUTICAL S CIENCES (17th Ed., Mack Pub. Co., Easton, Pa.) and WO 96/05309, the teachings of both of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
- preparations for parenteral administration include sterile aqueous or non-aqueous solutions, suspensions, and emulsions.
- non-aqueous solvents are propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, vegetable oils such as olive oil, and injectable organic esters such as ethyl oleate.
- Aqueous carriers include water, alcoholic/aqueous solutions, emulsions or suspensions, including saline and buffered media.
- Parenteral vehicles include sodium chloride solution, Ringer's dextrose, dextrose and sodium chloride, lactated Ringer's intravenous vehicles include fluid and nutrient replenishers, electrolyte replenishers (such as those based on Ringer's dextrose), and the like. Preservatives and other additives can also be present such as, for example, antimicrobials, anti-oxidants, chelating agents, growth factors and inert gases and the like.
- Aqueous solutions suitable for oral use can be prepared by dissolving the active component in water and adding suitable colorants, flavors, stabilizers, and thickening agents as desired.
- Aqueous suspensions suitable for oral use can be made by dispersing the finely divided active component in water with viscous material, such as natural or synthetic gums, resins, methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, and other well-known suspending agents.
- solid form preparations that are intended to be converted, shortly before use, to liquid form preparations for oral administration.
- liquid forms include solutions, suspensions, and emulsions.
- These preparations can contain, in addition to the active component, colorants, flavors, stabilizers, buffers, artificial and natural sweeteners, dispersants, thickeners, solubilizing agents, and the like.
- the pharmaceutical preparation is preferably in unit dosage form.
- the preparation is subdivided into unit doses containing appropriate quantities of the active component.
- the unit dosage form can be a packaged preparation, the package containing discrete quantities of preparation, such as packeted tablets, capsules, and powders in vials or ampoules.
- the unit dosage form can be a capsule, tablet, cachet, or lozenge itself, or it can be the appropriate number of any of these in packaged form.
- the quantity of active component in a unit dose preparation can be varied or adjusted from 0.1 mg to 10000 mg, more typically 1.0 mg to 1000 mg, most typically 10 mg to 500 mg, according to the particular application and the potency of the active component.
- the composition can, if desired, also contain other compatible therapeutic agents.
- co-solvents include: Polysorbate 20, 60, and 80; Pluronic F-68, F-84, and P-103; cyclodextrin; and polyoxyl 35 castor oil. Such co-solvents are typically employed at a level between about 0.01% and about 2% by weight.
- Viscosity greater than that of simple aqueous solutions can be desirable to decrease variability in dispensing the formulations, to decrease physical separation of components of a suspension or emulsion of formulation, and/or otherwise to improve the formulation.
- Such viscosity building agents include, for example, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, methyl cellulose, hydroxy propyl methylcellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose, hydroxy propyl cellulose, chondroitin sulfate and salts thereof, hyaluronic acid and salts thereof, and combinations of the foregoing.
- Such agents are typically employed at a level between about 0.01% and about 2% by weight.
- compositions disclosed herein can additionally include components to provide sustained release and/or comfort.
- Such components include high molecular weight, anionic mucomimetic polymers, gelling polysaccharides, and finely-divided drug carrier substrates. These components are discussed in greater detail in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,911,920; 5,403,841; 5,212,162; and 4,861,760. The entire contents of these patents are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety for all purposes.
- a subject having a wound or in need of tissue repair is treated at the site of the wound or damaged tissue or treated systemically, with a compound disclosed herein in the form of a free compound or a pharmaceutically-acceptable prodrug, metabolite, analogue, derivative, solvate or salt.
- the terms “treating”, “treatment” and the like are used herein to mean affecting a subject, tissue or cell to obtain a desired pharmacologic and/or physiologic effect.
- the effect can be prophylactic in terms of completely or partially preventing a disease or disorder or sign or symptom thereof, and/or can be therapeutic in terms of a partial or complete cure for a disorder and/or adverse effect attributable to it.
- Treating covers any treatment of, or prevention of a disease or disorder in a vertebrate, a mammal, particularly a human, and includes: (a) preventing the disease or disorder from occurring in a subject that can be predisposed to the disease or disorder, but has not yet been diagnosed as having it; (b) inhibiting the disease or disorder, i. e., arresting its development; or (c) relieving or ameliorating the disease or disorder, i. e., cause regression of the disease or disorder.
- the disease or disorder is a thrombotic disorder.
- the disease or disorder is acute coronary syndrome, venous thromboembolism, arterial thromboembolism or cardiogenic thromboembolism.
- the disease or disorder is fibrosis.
- the disease or disorder is Alzheimer's Disease.
- the disease or disorder is multiple sclerosis.
- the disease or disorder is pain.
- the disease or disorder is cancer.
- compositions according to one embodiment are prepared by formulating a compound disclosed herein in the form of a free compound or a pharmaceutically-acceptable pro-drug, metabolite, analogue, derivative, solvate or salt, either alone or together with other pharmaceutical agents, suitable for administration to a subject using carriers, excipients and additives or auxiliaries.
- carriers or auxiliaries include magnesium carbonate, titanium dioxide, lactose, mannitol and other sugars, talc, milk protein, gelatin, starch, vitamins, cellulose and its derivatives, animal and vegetable oils, polyethylene glycols and solvents, such as sterile water, alcohols, glycerol and polyhydric alcohols.
- Intravenous vehicles include fluid and nutrient replenishers.
- Preservatives include antimicrobial, anti-oxidants, chelating agents and inert gases.
- Other pharmaceutically acceptable carriers include aqueous solutions, non-toxic excipients, including salts, preservatives, buffers and the like, as described, for instance, in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 15th ed. Easton: Mack Publishing Co., 1405-1412, 1461-1487 (1975) and The National Formulary XIV., 14th ed. Washington: American Pharmaceutical Association (1975), the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
- the pH and exact concentration of the various components of the pharmaceutical composition are adjusted according to routine skills in the art. See e.g., Goodman and Gilman (eds.), 1990, T HE P HARMACOLOGICAL B ASIS FOR T HERAPEUTICS (7th ed.).
- the pharmaceutical compositions are preferably prepared and administered in dose units.
- Solid dose units are tablets, capsules and suppositories.
- different daily doses can be used for treatment of a subject, depending on activity of the compound, manner of administration, nature and severity of the disease or disorder, age and body weight of the subject.
- the administration of the daily dose can be carried out both by single administration in the form of an individual dose unit or else several smaller dose units and also by multiple administrations of subdivided doses at specific intervals.
- compositions contemplated herein can be administered locally or systemically in a therapeutically effective dose. Amounts effective for this use will, of course, depend on the severity of the disease or disorder and the weight and general state of the subject. Typically, dosages used in vitro can provide useful guidance in the amounts useful for in situ administration of the pharmaceutical composition, and animal models can be used to determine effective dosages for treatment of particular disorders.
- Dosages for parenteral administration of active pharmaceutical agents can be converted into corresponding dosages for oral administration by multiplying parenteral dosages by appropriate conversion factors.
- the parenteral dosage in mg/m2 times 1.8 the corresponding oral dosage in milligrams (“mg”).
- the parenteral dosage in mg/m2 times 1.6 the corresponding oral dosage in mg.
- An average adult weighs about 70 kg.
- the method by which the compound disclosed herein can be administered for oral use would be, for example, in a hard gelatin capsule wherein the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid diluent, or soft gelatin capsule, wherein the active ingredient is mixed with a co-solvent mixture, such as PEG 400 containing Tween-20.
- a compound disclosed herein can also be administered in the form of a sterile injectable aqueous or oleaginous solution or suspension.
- the compound can generally be administered intravenously or as an oral dose of 0.1 ug to 20 mg/kg given, for example, every 3-12 hours.
- Formulations for oral use can be in the form of hard gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid diluent, for example, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin. They can also be in the form of soft gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with water or an oil medium, such as peanut oil, liquid paraffin or olive oil.
- an inert solid diluent for example, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin.
- the active ingredient is mixed with water or an oil medium, such as peanut oil, liquid paraffin or olive oil.
- Aqueous suspensions normally contain the active materials in admixture with excipients suitable for the manufacture of aqueous suspension.
- excipients can be (1) suspending agent such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, methyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, sodium alginate, polyvinylpyrrolidone, gum tragacanth and gum acacia; (2) dispersing or wetting agents which can be (a) naturally occurring phosphatide such as lecithin; (b) a condensation product of an alkylene oxide with a fatty acid, for example, polyoxyethylene stearate; (c) a condensation product of ethylene oxide with a long chain aliphatic alcohol, for example, heptadecaethylenoxycetanol; (d) a condensation product of ethylene oxide with a partial ester derived from a fatty acid and hexitol such as polyoxyethylene sorbitol monooleate, or (e) a condensation product of ethylene oxide with a
- the pharmaceutical compositions can be in the form of a sterile injectable aqueous or oleagenous suspension.
- This suspension can be formulated according to known methods using those suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents that have been mentioned above.
- the sterile injectable preparation can also a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a non-toxic parenterally-acceptable diluent or solvent, for example, as a solution in 1,3-butanediol.
- the acceptable vehicles and solvents that can be employed are water, Ringer's solution, and isotonic sodium chloride solution.
- sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium.
- any bland fixed oil can be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides.
- fatty acids such as oleic acid find use in the preparation of injectables.
- a compound disclosed herein can also be administered in the form of suppositories for rectal administration of the drug.
- These compositions can be prepared by mixing the drug with a suitable non-irritating excipient that is solid at ordinary temperature but liquid at the rectal temperature and will therefore melt in the rectum to release the drug.
- suitable non-irritating excipient include cocoa butter and polyethylene glycols.
- Liposome delivery systems such as small unilamellar vesicles, large unilamellar vesicles, and multilamellar vesicles.
- Liposomes can be formed from a variety of phospholipids, such as cholesterol, stearylamine, or phosphatidylcholines.
- creams, ointments, jellies, solutions or suspensions, etc., containing the compounds disclosed herein are employed.
- compositions provided herein include compositions wherein the active ingredient is contained in a therapeutically effective amount, i.e., in an amount effective to achieve its intended purpose.
- a therapeutically effective amount i.e., in an amount effective to achieve its intended purpose.
- the actual amount effective for a particular application will depend, inter alia, on the condition being treated.
- such compositions when administered in methods to treat thrombosis, such compositions will contain an amount of active ingredient effective to achieve the desired result (e.g. decreasing the extent of the thrombosis).
- the dosage and frequency (single or multiple doses) of compound administered can vary depending upon a variety of factors, including route of administration; size, age, sex, health, body weight, body mass index, and diet of the recipient; nature and extent of symptoms of the disease being treated (e.g., the disease responsive to inhibition of thrombin); presence of other diseases or other health-related problems; kind of concurrent treatment; and complications from any disease or treatment regimen.
- Other therapeutic regimens or agents can be used in conjunction with the methods and compounds disclosed herein.
- the therapeutically effective amount can be initially determined from a variety of techniques known in the art, e.g., biochemical characterization of inhibition of thrombin, cell culture assays, and the like.
- Target concentrations will be those concentrations of active compound(s) that are capable of decreasing thrombin enzymatic activity as measured, for example, using the methods described.
- Therapeutically effective amounts for use in humans can be determined from animal models. For example, a dose for humans can be formulated to achieve a concentration that has been found to be effective in animals. The dosage in humans can be adjusted by monitoring thrombin inhibition and adjusting the dosage upwards or downwards, as described above.
- Dosages can be varied depending upon the requirements of the patient and the compound being employed.
- the dose administered to a patient should be sufficient to affect a beneficial therapeutic response in the patient over time.
- the size of the dose also will be determined by the existence, nature, and extent of any adverse side effects.
- treatment is initiated with smaller dosages, which are less than the optimum dose of the compound. Thereafter, the dosage is increased by small increments until the optimum effect under circumstances is reached.
- the dosage range is 0.001% to 10% w/v. In some embodiments, the dosage range is 0.1% to 5% w/v.
- Dosage amounts and intervals can be adjusted individually to provide levels of the administered compound effective for the particular clinical indication being treated. This will provide a therapeutic regimen that is commensurate with the severity of the individual's disease state.
- an effective prophylactic or therapeutic treatment regimen can be planned that does not cause substantial toxicity and yet is entirely effective to treat the clinical symptoms demonstrated by the particular patient.
- This planning should involve the careful choice of active compound by considering factors such as compound potency, relative bioavailability, patient body weight, presence and severity of adverse side effects, preferred mode of administration, and the toxicity profile of the selected agent.
- dosage levels of the compounds disclosed herein as used in the present methods are of the order of e.g., about 0.1 mg to about 1 mg, about 1 mg to about 10 mg, about 0.5 mg to about 20 mg per kilogram body weight, an average adult weighing 70 kilograms, with a preferred dosage range between about 0.1 mg to about 20 mg per kilogram body weight per day (from about 0.7 mg to about 1.4 gm per patient per day).
- the amount of the compound disclosed herein that can be combined with the carrier materials to produce a single dosage will vary depending upon the host treated and the particular mode of administration.
- a formulation intended for oral administration to humans can contain about 5 ug to 1 g of a compound disclosed herein with an appropriate and convenient amount of carrier material that can vary from about 5 to 95 percent of the total composition.
- Dosage unit forms will generally contain between from about 0.1 mg to 500 mg of a compound disclosed herein.
- the specific dose level for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the specific compound employed, the age, body weight, general health, sex, diet, time of administration, route of administration, rate of excretion, drug combination and the severity of the particular disease undergoing therapy.
- the ratio between toxicity and therapeutic effect for a particular compound is its therapeutic index and can be expressed as the ratio between LD 50 (the amount of compound lethal in 50% of the population) and ED 50 (the amount of compound effective in 50% of the population).
- LD 50 the amount of compound lethal in 50% of the population
- ED 50 the amount of compound effective in 50% of the population.
- Compounds that exhibit high therapeutic indices are preferred.
- Therapeutic index data obtained from in vitro assays, cell culture assays and/or animal studies can be used in formulating a range of dosages for use in humans.
- the dosage of such compounds preferably lies within a range of plasma concentrations that include the ED 50 with little or no toxicity.
- the dosage can vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized. See, e.g.
- R x ”, “R y ”, and “R z ” are independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, or other groups obvious to those skilled in the art.
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Neurosurgery (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Neurology (AREA)
- Diabetes (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
- Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
- Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
- Rheumatology (AREA)
- Cardiology (AREA)
- Psychiatry (AREA)
- Anesthesiology (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
- Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
- Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
Abstract
There are provided inter alia multisubstituted aromatic compounds useful for the inhibition of thrombin, which compounds include substituted pyrazolyl. There are additionally provided pharmaceutical compositions. There are additionally provided methods of treating and preventing a disease or disorder, which disease or disorder is amenable to treatment or prevention by the inhibition of thrombin.
Description
- The present application is a division of U.S. application Ser. No. 14/776,641, filed on Sep. 14, 2015, which is a U.S. National Stage entry under 35 U.S.C. § 371 of International Application No. PCT/US14/00058, filed on Mar. 17, 2014, which in turn claims priority to U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/789,358, filed on Mar. 15, 2013, and U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/899,588, filed on Nov. 4, 2013, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
- The present disclosure relates to compounds, e.g., multisubstituted aromatic compounds, which exhibit biological activity, e.g., inhibitory action, against thrombin (activated blood-coagulation factor II; EC 3.4.21.5).
- In mammalian systems, blood vessel injuries result in bleeding events, which are dealt with by the blood coagulation cascade. The cascade includes the Extrinsic and Intrinsic pathways, involving the activation of at least 13 interconnected factors and a variety of co-factors and other regulatory proteins. Upon vascular injury, plasma factor VII interacts with exposed Tissue Factor (TF), and the resultant TF-fVIIa complex initiates a complex series of events. Factor fXa is produced directly ‘downstream’ from the TF-fVIIa complex, and amplified manifold via the Intrinsic Pathway. FXa then serves as the catalyst for formation of thrombin (fIIa), which in turn is the direct precursor to fibrinolysis. The outcome is a fibrinolytic clot, which stops the bleeding. Fibrinolysis of the polymeric clot into fibrin monomers leads to dissolution and a return of the system to the pre-clot state. The cascade is a complex balance of factors and co-factors and is tightly regulated.
- In disease states, undesired up- or down-regulation of any factor leads to conditions such as bleeding or thrombosis. Historically, anticoagulants have been used in patients at risk of suffering from thrombotic complications, such as angina, stroke and heart attack.
- Warfarin has enjoyed dominance as a first-in-line anticoagulant therapeutic. Developed in the 1940s, it is a Vitamin K antagonist and inhibits factors II, VII, IX and X, amongst others. It is administered orally, but its ease of use is tempered by other effects: it has a very long half life (>2 days) and has serious drug-drug interactions. Importantly, since Vitamin K is a ubiquitous cofactor within the coagulation cascade, antagonism results in the simultaneous inhibition of many clotting factors and thus can lead to significant bleeding complications.
- Much attention has been focused on heparin, the naturally-occurring polysaccharide that activates AT III, the endogenous inhibitor of many of the factors in the coagulation cascade. The need for parenteral administration for the heparin-derived therapeutics, and the inconvenient requirements for close supervision for the orally available warfarin, has resulted in a drive to discover and develop orally available drugs with wide therapeutic windows for safety and efficacy.
- Indeed, the position of thrombin in the coagulation cascade has made it a popular target for drug discovery. Without wishing to be bound by any theory, it is believed that the ultimate development of direct thrombin inhibitors (DTIs) is usefully based upon the classical D-Phe-Pro-Arg motif, a sequence that mimics fibrinogen, which is a natural substrate of thrombin. Without further wishing to be bound by any theory, it is believed that the use of DTIs is very well precedented, such as with the hirudin-based anticoagulants, and thus there is strong interest in the discovery and development of novel DTIs.
- A thorough discussion of thrombin and its roles in the coagulation process can be found in a variety of references, including the following which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties and for all purposes: Wieland, H. A., et al., 2003, Curr Opin Investig Drugs, 4:264-71; Gross, P. L. & Weitz, J. I., 2008, Arterioscler Thromb Vasc Biol, 28:380-6; Hirsh, J., et al., 2005, Blood, 105:453-63; Prezelj, A., et al., 2007, Curr Pharm Des, 13:287-312.
- Embodiments of the invention encompass compounds with structure of Formula (Ia):
- or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, solvate, or prodrug thereof; wherein Ring A can be substituted or unsubstituted pyrazolyl; L1 and L3 can be independently a bond, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, —S—, —SO—, —SO2—, —O—, —NHSO2—, or —NR4—; L2 can be absent, a bond, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted eteroalkylene, —S—, —SO—, —SO2—, —O—, —NHSO2—, or —NR4—; R1 and R3 can be independently hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted fused ring aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; R2 can be absent, hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted fused ring aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, provided that when L2 can be absent, R2 can be absent; R4 can be hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkenyl, and substituted or unsubstituted fused ring aryl or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; and Y can be a halogen. In some embodiments of the methods, L2 and R2 can be absent. In some embodiments, the compound can have the structure of Formula (IIa) or Formula (IIb):
- In some embodiments where the compound can have the structure of Formula (IIa), L3 can be a bond, or substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, and R3 can be substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted fused ring aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, and Y can be fluorine. In some embodiments where the compound can have the structure of Formula (IIa), L3 can be —C(O)O—, R3 can be substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, and Y can be fluorine. In some embodiments where the compound can have the structure of Formula (IIa), L3 can be —C(O)NR5—, R5 can be hydrogen or alkyl, R3 can be substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and Y can be fluorine. In some embodiments, R3 can be substituted or unsubstituted phenyl. In some embodiments, the heteroaryl can be pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, thienyl, or furyl. In some embodiments, R3 can be chloro-substituted thienyl. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl can be morpholinyl, oxanyl, or oxetanyl. In some embodiments, the fused ring aryl can be benzodioxinyl or naphthyl. In some embodiments, L1 can be a bond, —S—, —NR4—, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, and R1 can be hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted fused ring aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments, the heteroaryl can be pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, thienyl, or furyl. In some embodiments, R1 can be chloro-substituted thienyl. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl can be morpholinyl, oxanyl, or oxetanyl. In some embodiments, the fused ring aryl can be benzodioxinyl or naphthyl. In some embodiments, R1 can be substituted or unsubstituted phenyl. In some embodiments, L2 can be a bond, and R2 can be hydrogen. In some embodiments, L2 can be substituted or unsubstituted alkylene or —C(O)—, and R2 can be hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted fused ring aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments, the heteroaryl can be pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, thienyl, or furyl. In some embodiments, R2 can be substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl can be morpholinyl, oxanyl, or oxetanyl. In some embodiments, the fused ring aryl can be benzodioxinyl or naphthyl. In some embodiments, R2 can be substituted or unsubstituted phenyl.
- In some embodiments where the compound can have the structure of Formula (IIb), L3 can be a bond, or substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, R3 can be substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted fused ring aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, and Y can be fluorine. In some embodiments where the compound can have the structure of Formula (IIa), L3 can be —C(O)O—, R3 can be substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, and Y can be fluorine. In some embodiments where the compound can have the structure of Formula (IIa), L3 can be —C(O)NR5—, R5 can be hydrogen or alkyl, R3 can be substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and Y can be fluorine. In some embodiments, R3 can be substituted or unsubstituted phenyl. In some embodiments, the heteroaryl can be pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, thienyl, or furyl. In some embodiments, R3 can be chloro-substituted thienyl. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl can be morpholinyl, oxanyl, or oxetanyl. In some embodiments, the fused ring aryl can be benzodioxinyl or naphthyl. In some embodiments, L1 can be a bond, —S—, —NR4—, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, and R1 can be hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted fused ring aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments, the heteroaryl can be pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, thienyl, or furyl. In some embodiments, R1 can be chloro-substituted thienyl. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl can be morpholinyl, oxanyl, or oxetanyl. In some embodiments, the fused ring aryl can be benzodioxinyl or naphthyl. In some embodiments, R1 can be substituted or unsubstituted phenyl. In some embodiments, L2 can be a bond, and R2 can be hydrogen. In some embodiments, L2 can be substituted or unsubstituted alkylene or —C(O)—, and R2 can be hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted fused ring aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments, the heteroaryl can be pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, thienyl, or furyl. In some embodiments, R2 can be substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl can be morpholinyl, oxanyl, or oxetanyl. In some embodiments, the fused ring aryl can be benzodioxinyl or naphthyl. In some embodiments, R2 can be substituted or unsubstituted phenyl. In some embodiments, the compound can be selected from those set forth in Table A.
- Embodiments of the invention also encompass pharmaceutical compositions including such compounds, or a compound as set forth in Table A, and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. Embodiments of the invention also encompass methods for treating a disease or disorder in a subject, including administering such compounds or pharmaceutical compositions to a subject in need thereof in an amount effective to treat said disease or disorder. In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is a thrombotic disorder. In some embodiments, the thrombotic disorder is acute coronary syndrome, venous thromboembolism, arterial thromboembolism or cardiogenic thromboembolism. In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is fibrosis. In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is Alzheimer's Disease. In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is multiple sclerosis. In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is pain. In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is cancer. Embodiments of the invention also encompass methods for preventing a disease or disorder in a subject, including administering such compounds or pharmaceutical compositions to a subject in need thereof in an amount effective to prevent said disease or disorder. In some embodiments, the disease or disorder can be a thrombotic disorder. In some embodiments, the thrombotic disorder can be acute coronary syndrome, venous thromboembolism, arterial thromboembolism or cardiogenic thromboembolism. In some embodiments, the thrombotic disorder can be disseminated intravascular coagulation. In some embodiments, the thrombotic disorder involves the presence or the potential formation of a blood clot thrombus.
- Not applicable.
- The abbreviations used herein have their conventional meaning within the chemical and biological arts. The chemical structures and formulae set forth herein are constructed according to the standard rules of chemical valency known in the chemical arts.
- Where substituent groups are specified by their conventional chemical formulae, written from left to right, they equally encompass the chemically identical substituents that would result from writing the structure from right to left, e.g., —CH2O— is equivalent to —OCH2—.
- As used herein, the term “attached” signifies a stable covalent bond, certain preferred points of attachment being apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art.
- The terms “halogen” or “halo” include fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine. Additionally, terms such as “haloalkyl” are meant to include monohaloalkyl and polyhaloalkyl. For example, the term “halo(C1-C4)alkyl” includes, but is not limited to, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 4-chlorobutyl, 3-bromopropyl, and the like.
- The term “alkyl,” by itself or as part of another substituent, means, unless otherwise stated, a straight (i.e., unbranched) or branched chain, or combination thereof, which can be fully saturated, mono- or polyunsaturated and can include di- and multivalent radicals, having the number of carbon atoms designated (i.e., C1-C10 means one to ten carbons). Examples of saturated hydrocarbon radicals include, but are not limited to, groups such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, t-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, (cyclohexyl)methyl, homologs and isomers of, for example, n-pentyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, and the like. An unsaturated alkyl group is one having one or more double bonds or triple bonds. Examples of unsaturated alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, vinyl, 2-propenyl, crotyl, 2-isopentenyl, 2-(butadienyl), 2,4-pentadienyl, 3-(1,4-pentadienyl), ethynyl, 1- and 3-propynyl, 3-butynyl, and the higher homologs and isomers. Accordingly, the term “alkyl” can refer to C1-C16 straight chain saturated, C1-C16 branched saturated, C3-C8 cyclic saturated and C1-C16 straight chain or branched saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups substituted with C3-C8 cyclic saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups having the specified number of carbon atoms. For example, this definition shall include but is not limited to methyl (Me), ethyl (Et), propyl (Pr), butyl (Bu), pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, undecyl, isopropyl (i-Pr), isobutyl (i-Bu), tert-butyl (t-Bu), sec-butyl (s-Bu), isopentyl, neopentyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, cyclopropylmethyl, and the like.
- The term “alkylene,” by itself or as part of another substituent, means, unless otherwise stated, a divalent radical derived from an alkyl, as exemplified, but not limited by, —CH2CH2CH2CH2—. Typically, an alkyl (or alkylene) group will have from 1 to 24 carbon atoms, with those groups having 10 or fewer carbon atoms being preferred in the compounds disclosed herein. A “lower alkyl” or “lower alkylene” is a shorter chain alkyl or alkylene group, generally having eight or fewer carbon atoms.
- The term “heteroalkyl,” by itself or in combination with another term, means, unless otherwise stated, a stable straight or branched chain, or combinations thereof, consisting of at least one carbon atom and at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of O, N, P, Si, and S, and wherein the nitrogen and sulfur atoms can optionally be oxidized, and the nitrogen heteroatom can optionally be quaternized. The heteroatom(s) O, N, P, S, and Si can be placed at any interior position of the heteroalkyl group or at the position at which the alkyl group is attached to the remainder of the molecule. Examples include, but are not limited to: —CH2—CH2—O—CH3, —CH2—CH2—NH—CH3, —CH2—CH2—N(CH3)—CH3, —CH2—S—CH2—CH3, —CH2—CH2, —S(O)—CH3, —CH2—CH2—S(O)2—CH3, —CH═CH—O—CH3, —Si(CH3)3, —CH2—CH═N—OCH3, —CH═CH—N(CH3)—CH3, —O—CH3, —O—CH2—CH3, and —CN. Up to two heteroatoms can be consecutive, such as, for example, —CH2—NH—OCH3.
- Similarly, the term “heteroalkylene,” by itself or as part of another substituent, means, unless otherwise stated, a divalent radical derived from heteroalkyl, as exemplified, but not limited by, —CH2—CH2—S—CH2—CH2— and —CH2—S—CH2—CH2—NH—CH2—. For heteroalkylene groups, heteroatoms can also occupy either or both of the chain termini (e.g., alkyleneoxy, alkylenedioxy, alkyleneamino, alkylenediamino, and the like). Still further, for alkylene and heteroalkylene linking groups, no orientation of the linking group is implied by the direction in which the formula of the linking group is written. For example, the formula —C(O)2R′— represents both —C(O)2R′— and —R′C(O)2—. As described above, heteroalkyl groups, as used herein, include those groups that are attached to the remainder of the molecule through a heteroatom, such as —C(O)R′, —C(O)NR′, —NR′R″, —OR′, —SR′, and/or —SO2R′. Where “heteroalkyl” is recited, followed by recitations of specific heteroalkyl groups, such as —NR′R″ or the like, it will be understood that the terms heteroalkyl and —NR′R″ are not redundant or mutually exclusive. Rather, the specific heteroalkyl groups are recited to add clarity. Thus, the term “heteroalkyl” should not be interpreted herein as excluding specific heteroalkyl groups, such as —NR′R″ or the like.
- The terms “cycloalkyl” and “heterocycloalkyl,” by themselves or in combination with other terms, mean, unless otherwise stated, cyclic versions of “alkyl” and “heteroalkyl,” respectively. Additionally, for heterocycloalkyl, a heteroatom can occupy the position at which the heterocycle is attached to the remainder of the molecule. Examples of cycloalkyl include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, 1-cyclohexenyl, 3-cyclohexenyl, cycloheptyl, and the like. Examples of heterocycloalkyl include, but are not limited to, 1-(1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridyl), 1-piperidinyl, 2-piperidinyl, 3-piperidinyl, 4-morpholinyl, 3-morpholinyl, tetrahydrofuran-2-yl, tetrahydrofuran-3-yl, tetrahydrothien-2-yl, tetrahydrothien-3-yl, 1-piperazinyl, 2-piperazinyl, and the like. A “cycloalkylene” and a “heterocycloalkylene,” alone or as part of another substituent, means a divalent radical derived from a cycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl, respectively.
- The term “alkenyl” includes C2-C16 straight chain unsaturated, C2-C11 branched unsaturated, C5-C8 unsaturated cyclic, and C2-C16 straight chain or branched unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups substituted with C3-C8 cyclic saturated and unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups having the specified number of carbon atoms. Double bonds can occur in any stable point along the chain and the carbon-carbon double bonds can have either the cis or trans configuration. For example, this definition shall include but is not limited to ethenyl, propenyl, butenyl, pentenyl, hexenyl, heptenyl, octenyl, nonenyl, decenyl, undecenyl, 1,5-octadienyl, 1,4,7-nonatrienyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, cycloheptenyl, cyclooctenyl, ethylcyclohexenyl, butenylcyclopentyl, 1-pentenyl-3-cyclohexenyl, and the like. Similarly, “heteroalkenyl” refers to heteroalkyl having one or more double bonds.
- The term “alkynyl” refers in the customary sense to alkyl additionally having one or more triple bonds. The term “cycloalkenyl” refers to cycloalkyl additionally having one or more double bonds. The term “heterocycloalkenyl” refers to heterocycloalkyl additionally having one or more double bonds.
- The term “acyl” means, unless otherwise stated, —C(O)R where R is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- Each of the above terms (e.g., “alkyl,” “heteroalkyl,” “aryl,” and “heteroaryl”) includes both substituted and unsubstituted forms of the indicated radical. Preferred substituents for each type of radical are provided herein.
- Substituents for the alkyl and heteroalkyl radicals (including those groups often referred to as alkylene, alkenyl, heteroalkylene, heteroalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, and heterocycloalkenyl) can be one or more of a variety of groups selected from, but not limited to, —OR′, ═O, ═NR′, ═N—OR′, —NR′R″, —SR′, -halogen, —SiR′R″R′″, —OC(O)R′, —C(O)R′, —CO2R, —CONR′R″, —OC(O)NR′R″, —NR″C(O)R′, —NR′—C(O)NR″R′″, —NR″C(O)2R′, —NR—C(NR′R″)═NR′″, —S(O)R′, —S(O)2R′, —S(O)2NR′R″, —NRSO2R′, —CN, and —NO2 in a number ranging from zero to (2m′+1), where m′ is the total number of carbon atoms in such radical. R′, R″, and R′″ each preferably independently refer to hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl (e.g., aryl substituted with 1-3 halogens), substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, alkoxy, or thioalkoxy groups, or arylalkyl groups. When a compound disclosed herein includes more than one R group, for example, each of the R groups is independently selected as are each R′, R″, and R′″ group when more than one of these groups is present. When R′ and R″ are attached to the same nitrogen atom, they can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered ring. For example, —NR′R″ includes, but is not limited to, 1-pyrrolidinyl and 4-morpholinyl. From the above discussion of substituents, one of skill in the art will understand that the term “alkyl” is meant to include groups including carbon atoms bound to groups other than hydrogen groups, such as haloalkyl (e.g., —CF3 and —CH2CF3) and acyl (e.g., —C(O)CH3, —C(O)CF3, —C(O)CH2OCH3, and the like).
- Similar to the substituents described for the alkyl radical, substituents for the aryl and heteroaryl groups are varied and are selected from, for example: —OR′, —NR′R″, —SR′, -halogen, —SiR′R″R′″, —OC(O)R′, —C(O)R′, —CO2R′, —CONR′R″, —OC(O)NR′R″, —NR″C(O)R′, —NR′—C(O)NR″R′″, —NR″C(O)2R′, —NR—C(NR′R″)═NR′″, —S(O)R′, —S(O)2R′, —S(O)2NR′R″, —NRSO2R′, —CN, —NO2, —R′, —N3, —CH(Ph)2, fluoro(C1-C4)alkoxy, and fluoro(C1-C4)alkyl, in a number ranging from zero to the total number of open valences on the aromatic ring system; and where R′, R″, and R′″ are preferably independently selected from hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. When a compound disclosed herein includes more than one R group, for example, each of the R groups is independently selected as are each R′, R″, and R′″ groups when more than one of these groups is present.
- Two or more substituents can optionally be joined to form aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycloalkyl groups. Such so-called ring-forming substituents are typically, though not necessarily, found attached to a cyclic base structure. In one embodiment, the ring-forming substituents are attached to adjacent members of the base structure. For example, two ring-forming substituents attached to adjacent members of a cyclic base structure create a fused ring structure. In another embodiment, the ring-forming substituents are attached to a single member of the base structure. For example, two ring-forming substituents attached to a single member of a cyclic base structure create a spirocyclic structure. In yet another embodiment, the ring-forming substituents are attached to non-adjacent members of the base structure.
- Two of the substituents on adjacent atoms of the aryl or heteroaryl ring can optionally form a ring of the formula -T-C(O)—(CRR′)q—U—, wherein T and U are independently —NR—, —O—, —CRR′—, or a single bond, and q is an integer of from 0 to 3. Alternatively, two of the substituents on adjacent atoms of the aryl or heteroaryl ring can optionally be replaced with a substituent of the formula -A-(CH2)r—B—, wherein A and B are independently —CRR′—, —O—, —NR—, —S—, —S(O)—, —S(O)2—, —S(O)2NR′—, or a single bond, and r is an integer of from 1 to 4. One of the single bonds of the new ring so formed can optionally be replaced with a double bond. Alternatively, two of the substituents on adjacent atoms of the aryl or heteroaryl ring can optionally be replaced with a substituent of the formula —(CRR′)s—X′— (C″R′″)d—, where s and d are independently integers of from 0 to 3, and X′ is —O—, —NR′—, —S—, —S(O)—, —S(O)2—, or —S(O)2NR′—. The substituents R, R′, R″, and R′ are preferably independently selected from hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- As used herein, the terms “heteroatom” or “ring heteroatom” are meant to include oxygen (O), nitrogen (N), sulfur (S), phosphorus (P), and silicon (Si).
- The term “alkyloxy” (e.g. methoxy, ethoxy, propyloxy, allyloxy, cyclohexyloxy) represents an alkyl group as defined above having the indicated number of carbon atoms attached through an oxygen bridge (—O—).
- The term “alkylthio” (e.g. methylthio, ethylthio, propylthio, cyclohexylthio and the like) represents an alkyl group as defined above having the indicated number of carbon atoms attached through a sulfur bridge (—S—).
- The term “alkylamino” represents one or two alkyl groups as defined above having the indicated number of carbon atoms attached through an amine bridge. The two alkyl groups can be taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with or without one C1-C16alkyl, arylC0-C16alkyl, or C0-C16alkylaryl substituent.
- The term “alkylaminoalkyl” represents an alkylamino group attached through an alkyl group as defined above having the indicated number of carbon atoms.
- The term “alkyloxy(alkyl)amino” (e.g. methoxy(methyl)amine, ethoxy(propyl)amine) represents an alkyloxy group as defined above attached through an amino group, the amino group itself having an alkyl substituent.
- The term “alkylcarbonyl” (e.g. cyclooctylcarbonyl, pentylcarbonyl, 3-hexylcarbonyl) represents an alkyl group as defined above having the indicated number of carbon atoms attached through a carbonyl group.
- The term “alkylcarboxy” (e.g. heptylcarboxy, cyclopropylcarboxy, 3-pentenylcarboxy) represents an alkylcarbonyl group as defined above wherein the carbonyl is in turn attached through an oxygen.
- The term “alkylcarboxyalkyl” represents an alkylcarboxy group attached through an alkyl group as defined above having the indicated number of carbon atoms.
- The term “alkylcarbonylamino” (e.g. hexylcarbonylamino, cyclopentylcarbonylaminomethyl, methylcarbonylaminophenyl) represents an alkylcarbonyl group as defined above wherein the carbonyl is in turn attached through the nitrogen atom of an amino group.
- The nitrogen group can itself be substituted with an alkyl or aryl group.
- The term “aryl” means, unless otherwise stated, a polyunsaturated, aromatic, hydrocarbon substituent, which can be a single ring or multiple rings (preferably from 1 to 3 rings) that are fused together (i.e., a fused ring aryl) or linked covalently. A fused ring aryl refers to multiple rings fused together wherein at least one of the fused rings is an aryl ring. The term “heteroaryl” refers to aryl groups (or rings) that contain from one to four heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, wherein the nitrogen and sulfur atoms are optionally oxidized, and the nitrogen atom(s) are optionally quaternized. Thus, the term “heteroaryl” includes fused ring heteroaryl groups (i.e., multiple rings fused together wherein at least one of the fused rings is a heteroaromatic ring). A 5,6-fused ring heteroarylene refers to two rings fused together, wherein one ring has 5 members and the other ring has 6 members, and wherein at least one ring is a heteroaryl ring. Likewise, a 6,6-fused ring heteroarylene refers to two rings fused together, wherein one ring has 6 members and the other ring has 6 members, and wherein at least one ring is a heteroaryl ring. And a 6,5-fused ring heteroarylene refers to two rings fused together, wherein one ring has 6 members and the other ring has 5 members, and wherein at least one ring is a heteroaryl ring. A heteroaryl group can be attached to the remainder of the molecule through a carbon or heteroatom. Non-limiting examples of aryl and heteroaryl groups include phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 4-biphenyl, 1-pyrrolyl, 2-pyrrolyl, 3-pyrrolyl, 3-pyrazolyl, 2-imidazolyl, 4-imidazolyl, pyrazinyl, 2-oxazolyl, 4-oxazolyl, 2-phenyl-4-oxazolyl, 5-oxazolyl, 3-isoxazolyl, 4-isoxazolyl, 5-isoxazolyl, 2-thiazolyl, 4-thiazolyl, 5-thiazolyl, 2-furyl, 3-furyl, 2-thienyl, 3-thienyl, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 2-pyrimidyl, 4-pyrimidyl, 5-benzothiazolyl, purinyl, 2-benzimidazolyl, 5-indolyl, 1-isoquinolyl, 5-isoquinolyl, 2-quinoxalinyl, 5-quinoxalinyl, 3-quinolyl, and 6-quinolyl. Substituents for each of the above noted aryl and heteroaryl ring systems are selected from the group of acceptable substituents described below. An “arylene” and a “heteroarylene,” alone or as part of another substituent, mean a divalent radical derived from an aryl and heteroaryl, respectively. Accordingly, the term “aryl” can represent an unsubstituted, mono-, di- or trisubstituted monocyclic, polycyclic, biaryl and heterocyclic aromatic groups covalently attached at any ring position capable of forming a stable covalent bond, certain preferred points of attachment being apparent to those skilled in the art (e. g. 3-indolyl, 4-imidazolyl). The aryl substituents are independently selected from the group consisting of halo, nitro, cyano, trihalomethyl, arylC1-16alkyl, C0-16alkyloxyC0-16alkyl, arylC0-16alkyloxyC0-16alkyl, C0-16alkylthioC0-16alkyl, arylC0-16alkylthioC0-16alkyl, C0-16alkylaminoC0-16alkyl, arylC0-16alkylaminoC0-16alkyl, di(arylC1-16alkyl)aminoC0-16alkyl, C1-16alkylcarbonylC0-16alkyl, arylC1-16alkylcarbonylC0-16alkyl, C1-16alkylcarboxyC0-16alkyl, arylC1-16alkylcarboxyC0-16alkyl, C1-16alkylcarbonylaminoC0-16alkyl, arylC1-16alkylcarbonylaminoC0-16alkyl, —C0-16alkylCOOR4, —C0-16alkylCONR5R6 wherein R4, R5 and R6 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C11alkyl, arylC0-C11alkyl, or R5 and R6 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached forming a cyclic system containing 3 to 8 carbon atoms with or without one C1-16alkyl, arylC0-C16alkyl, or C0-C16alkylaryl substituent. Aryl includes but is not limited to pyrazolyl and triazolyl.
- For brevity, the term “aryl” when used in combination with other terms (e.g., aryloxy, arylthioxy, arylalkyl) includes both aryl and heteroaryl rings as defined above. Thus, the terms “arylalkyl,” “aralkyl” and the like are meant to include those radicals in which an aryl group is attached to an alkyl group (e.g., benzyl, phenethyl, pyridylmethyl, and the like) including those alkyl groups in which a carbon atom (e.g., a methylene group) has been replaced by, for example, an oxygen atom (e.g., phenoxymethyl, 2-pyridyloxymethyl, 3-(1-naphthyloxy)propyl, and the like), or a sulfur atom. Accordingly, the terms “arylalkyl” and the like (e.g. (4-hydroxyphenyl)ethyl, (2-aminonaphthyl)hexyl, pyridylcyclopentyl) represents an aryl group as defined above attached through an alkyl group as defined above having the indicated number of carbon atoms.
- The term “oxo,” as used herein, means an oxygen that is double bonded to a carbon atom.
- The term “alkylsulfonyl,” as used herein, means a moiety having the formula —S(O2)—R′, where R′ is an alkyl group as defined above. R′ can have a specified number of carbons (e.g., “C1-C4 alkylsulfonyl”).
- The term “carbonyloxy” represents a carbonyl group attached through an oxygen bridge.
- In the above definitions, the terms “alkyl” and “alkenyl” can be used interchangeably in so far as a stable chemical entity is formed, as would be apparent to those skilled in the art.
- The term “linker” refers to attachment groups interposed between substituents, e.g., R1, R2 or R3 described herein, e.g., Formula (Ia) and generically referred to as Rn, and the group which is substituted, e.g., “ring A” group of e.g., Formula (Ia). In some embodiments, the linker includes amido (—CONH—Rn or —NHCO—Rn), thioamido (—CSNH—Rn or —NHCS—Rn), carboxyl (—CO2—Rn or —OCORn), carbonyl (—CO—Rn), urea (—NHCONH—Rn), thiourea (—NHCSNH—Rn), sulfonamido (—NHSO2—Rn or —SO2NH—Rn), ether (—O—Rn), sulfonyl (—SO2—Rn), sulfoxyl (—SO—Rn), carbamoyl (—NHCO2—Rn or —OCONH—Rn), or amino (—NHRn) linking moieties.
- A “substituent group,” as used herein, means a group selected from the following moieties:
-
- (A) —OH, —NH2, —SH, —CN, —CF3, —NO2, oxo, halogen, —COOH, unsubstituted alkyl, unsubstituted heteroalkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted aryl, unsubstituted heteroaryl, and
- (B) alkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, substituted with at least one substituent selected from:
- (i) oxo, —OH, —NH2, —SH, —CN, —CF3, —NO2, halogen, —COOH, unsubstituted alkyl, unsubstituted heteroalkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted aryl, unsubstituted heteroaryl, and
- (ii) alkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, substituted with at least one substituent selected from:
- (a) oxo, —OH, —NH2, —SH, —CN, —CF3, —NO2, halogen, —COOH, unsubstituted alkyl, unsubstituted heteroalkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted aryl, unsubstituted heteroaryl, and
- (b) alkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl, substituted with at least one substituent selected from: oxo, —OH, —NH2, —SH, —CN, —CF3, —NO2, halogen, —COOH, unsubstituted alkyl, unsubstituted heteroalkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted aryl, and unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- A “size-limited substituent” or “size-limited substituent group,” as used herein, means a group selected from all of the substituents described above for a “substituent group,” wherein each substituted or unsubstituted alkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted C1-C20 alkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted 2 to 20 membered heteroalkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted C4-C8 cycloalkyl, and each substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted 4 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl.
- A “lower substituent” or “lower substituent group,” as used herein, means a group selected from all of the substituents described above for a “substituent group,” wherein each substituted or unsubstituted alkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted C1-C8 alkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted 2 to 8 membered heteroalkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted C5-C7 cycloalkyl, and each substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted 5 to 7 membered heterocycloalkyl.
- The term “about” used in the context of a numeric value indicates a range of +/−10% of the numeric value, unless expressly indicated otherwise.
- In one aspect, there is provided a compound with structure of Formula (Ia):
- or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, solvate, or prodrug thereof. Ring A is substituted or unsubstituted pyrazolyl. L1 and L3 are independently a bond, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, —S—, —SO—, —SO2—, —O—, —NHSO2—, or —NR4—. L2 is absent, a bond, a hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, —S—, —SO—, —SO2—, —O—, —NHSO2—, or —NR4—. R1 and R3 are independently hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted fused ring aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. R2 is absent, hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted fused ring aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. R4 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted fused ring aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. Y is a halogen. In some embodiments, R2 can be absent provided L2 is also absent.
- In some embodiments, the compound is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, solvate, or prodrug of a compound of Formula (la). In some embodiments, the compound is not an ester, not a solvate, and not a prodrug.
- Further to any embodiment above, in some embodiments L1 is —S—, —NR4—, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, where R4 is as described above in regards to formula Ia, and R1 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted fused ring aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments, R3 is substituted or unsubstituted aryl. In some embodiments, R3 is unsubstituted aryl. In some embodiments, R3 is unsubstituted phenyl. In some embodiments, L2 is a bond. In some embodiments, L2 is a bond and R2 is hydrogen. Y is fluorine.
- Further to any embodiment above, in some embodiments L2 is —C(O)—, and R2 is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted fused ring aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments, R2 is unsubstituted aryl. In some embodiments, R2 is unsubstituted phenyl.
- In some embodiments, L2 and R2 are absent, providing a compound with structure of Formula (Ib) following.
- In some embodiments, the compound is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, solvate, or prodrug of a compound of Formula (Ib). In some embodiments, the compound is not an ester, not a solvate, and not a prodrug.
- In some embodiments, there is provided a compound according to Formula (Ia) with structure of either of Formulae (IIa) or (IIb) following.
- In some embodiments, the compound has the structure of Formula (IIa). In some embodiments, L3 is a bond, or substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, and R3 is substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted fused ring aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments, R3 is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, or substituted or unsubstituted thienyl. In some embodiments, R3 is unsubstituted phenyl. In some embodiments, R3 is unsubstituted thienyl. In some embodiments, R3 is a chloro-substituted thienyl. In some embodiments, R3 is substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl, or substituted or unsubstituted pyridazinyl. In some embodiments, R3 is unsubstituted pyridyl. In some embodiments, R3 is unsubstituted pyridazinyl. In some embodiments, R3 is substituted or unsubstituted pyrimidinyl, or substituted or unsubstituted furyl. In some embodiments, R3 is unsubstituted pyrimidinyl. In some embodiments, R3 is unsubstituted furyl. In some embodiments, R3 is substituted or unsubstituted morpholinyl, or substituted or unsubstituted oxanyl, or substituted or unsubstituted oxetanyl. In some embodiments, R3 is unsubstituted morpholinyl. In some embodiments, R3 is unsubstituted oxanyl. In some embodiments, R3 is unsubstituted oxetanyl. In some embodiments, R3 is substituted or unsubstituted benzodioxinyl, or substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl. In some embodiments, R3 is unsubstituted benzodioxinyl. In some embodiments, R3 is unsubstituted naphthyl. In some embodiments, R3 is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl. In some embodiments, Y is fluorine.
- In some embodiments, the compound has the structure of Formula (IIa) wherein L3 is —C(O)O—, and R3 is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, and Y is fluorine.
- In some embodiments, the compound has the structure of Formula (IIa) wherein L3 is —C(O)NR5—, R5 is hydrogen or alkyl, and R3 is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl and Y is fluorine.
- Further to any embodiment above wherein the compound has the structure of Formula (IIa), in some embodiments, L1 is —S—, a bond, —NR4—, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, where R4 is as described in formula Ia and R1 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted fused ring aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments, R1 is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl. In some embodiments, R1 is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridazinyl. In some embodiments, R1 is a substituted or unsubstituted pyrimidinyl. In some embodiments, R1 is a substituted or unsubstituted thienyl. In some embodiments, R1 is a substituted or unsubstituted furyl. In some embodiments, R1 is an unsubstituted pyridyl. In some embodiments, R1 is an unsubstituted pyridazinyl. In some embodiments, R1 is an unsubstituted pyrimidinyl. In some embodiments, R1 is an unsubstituted thienyl. In some embodiments, R1 is a chloro-substituted thienyl. In some embodiments, R1 is an unsubstituted furyl. In some embodiments, R1 is a substituted or unsubstituted morpholinyl. In some embodiments, R1 is a substituted or unsubstituted oxanyl. In some embodiments, R1 is a substituted or unsubstituted oxetanyl. In some embodiments, R1 is an unsubstituted morpholinyl. In some embodiments, R1 is an unsubstituted oxanyl. In some embodiments, R1 is an unsubstituted oxetanyl. In some embodiments, R1 is substituted or unsubstituted benzodioxinyl. In some embodiments, R1 is substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl. In some embodiments, R1 is unsubstituted benzodioxinyl. In some embodiments, R1 is unsubstituted naphthyl. In some embodiments, R1 is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl. In some embodiments, Y is fluorine.
- Further to any embodiment above wherein the compound has the structure of Formula (IIa), in some embodiments, L2 is a bond. In some embodiments, R2 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, L2 is substituted or unsubstituted alkylene or —C(O)—, and R2 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted fused ring aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments, R2 is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl. In some embodiments, R2 is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridazinyl. In some embodiments, R2 is a substituted or unsubstituted pyrimidinyl. In some embodiments, R2 is a substituted or unsubstituted thienyl. In some embodiments, R2 is a substituted or unsubstituted furyl. In some embodiments, R2 is an unsubstituted pyridyl. In some embodiments, R2 is an unsubstituted pyridazinyl. In some embodiments, R2 is an unsubstituted pyrimidinyl. In some embodiments, R2 is an unsubstituted thienyl. In some embodiments, R2 is a chloro-substituted thienyl. In some embodiments, R2 is an unsubstituted furyl. In some embodiments, R2 is a substituted or unsubstituted morpholinyl. In some embodiments, R2 is a substituted or unsubstituted oxanyl. In some embodiments, R2 is a substituted or unsubstituted oxetanyl. In some embodiments, R2 is an unsubstituted morpholinyl. In some embodiments, R2 is an unsubstituted oxanyl. In some embodiments, R2 is an unsubstituted oxetanyl. In some embodiments, R2 is substituted or unsubstituted benzodioxinyl. In some embodiments, R2 is substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl. In some embodiments, R2 is unsubstituted benzodioxinyl. In some embodiments, R2 is unsubstituted naphthyl. In some embodiments, R2 is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl. In some embodiments, Y is fluorine.
- In some embodiments, the compound has the structure of Formula (IIb). In some embodiments, L3 is a bond, or substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, and R3 is substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted fused ring aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments, R3 is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, or substituted or unsubstituted thienyl. In some embodiments, R3 is unsubstituted phenyl. In some embodiments, R3 is unsubstituted thienyl. In some embodiments, R3 is a chloro-substituted thienyl. In some embodiments, R3 is substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl, or substituted or unsubstituted pyridazinyl. In some embodiments, R3 is unsubstituted pyridyl. In some embodiments, R3 is unsubstituted pyridazinyl. In some embodiments, R3 is substituted or unsubstituted pyrimidinyl, or substituted or unsubstituted furyl. In some embodiments, R3 is unsubstituted pyrimidinyl. In some embodiments, R3 is unsubstituted furyl. In some embodiments, R3 is substituted or unsubstituted morpholinyl, or substituted or unsubstituted oxanyl, or substituted or unsubstituted oxetanyl. In some embodiments, R3 is unsubstituted morpholinyl. In some embodiments, R3 is unsubstituted oxanyl. In some embodiments, R3 is unsubstituted oxetanyl. In some embodiments, R3 is substituted or unsubstituted benzodioxinyl, or substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl. In some embodiments, R3 is unsubstituted benzodioxinyl. In some embodiments, R3 is unsubstituted naphthyl. In some embodiments, R3 is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl. In some embodiments, Y is fluorine.
- In some embodiments, the compound has the structure of Formula (IIb) wherein L3 is —C(O)O—, and R3 is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, and Y is fluorine.
- In some embodiments, the compound has the structure of Formula (IIb) wherein L3 is —C(O)NR5—, R5 is hydrogen or alkyl, and R3 is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl and Y is fluorine.
- Further to any embodiment above wherein the compound has the structure of Formula (IIb), in some embodiments, L1 is a bond, —S—, —NR4—, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, where R4 is as described in formula Ia and R1 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted fused ring aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments, R1 is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl. In some embodiments, R1 is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridazinyl. In some embodiments, R1 is a substituted or unsubstituted pyrimidinyl. In some embodiments, R1 is a substituted or unsubstituted thienyl. In some embodiments, R1 is a substituted or unsubstituted furyl. In some embodiments, R1 is an unsubstituted pyridyl. In some embodiments, R1 is an unsubstituted pyridazinyl. In some embodiments, R1 is an unsubstituted pyrimidinyl. In some embodiments, R1 is an unsubstituted thienyl. In some embodiments, R1 is a chloro-substituted thienyl. In some embodiments, R1 is an unsubstituted furyl. In some embodiments, R1 is a substituted or unsubstituted morpholinyl. In some embodiments, R1 is a substituted or unsubstituted oxanyl. In some embodiments, R1 is a substituted or unsubstituted oxetanyl. In some embodiments, R1 is an unsubstituted morpholinyl. In some embodiments, R1 is an unsubstituted oxanyl. In some embodiments, R1 is an unsubstituted oxetanyl. In some embodiments, R1 is substituted or unsubstituted benzodioxinyl. In some embodiments, R1 is substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl. In some embodiments, R1 is unsubstituted benzodioxinyl. In some embodiments, R1 is unsubstituted naphthyl. In some embodiments, R1 is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl. In some embodiments, Y is fluorine.
- Further to any embodiment above wherein the compound has the structure of Formula (IIb), in some embodiments, L2 is a bond or substituted or unsubstituted alkylene. In some embodiments, L2 is a bond. In some embodiments, L2 is unsubstituted alkylene. In some embodiments, L2 is substituted alkylene. In some embodiments, R2 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R2 is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted aryl. Further to any particular L2, in some embodiments R2 is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted aryl. In some embodiments, R2 is unsubstituted alkyl. In some embodiments, R2 is unsubstituted aryl. In some embodiments, R3 is unsubstituted phenyl. In some embodiments, R2 is substituted alkyl. In some embodiments, R2 is substituted aryl. In some embodiments, Y is fluorine.
- Further to any embodiment above wherein the compound has the structure of Formula (IIb), in some embodiments, L2 is substituted or unsubstituted alkylene or —C(O)—, and R2 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted fused ring aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments, R2 is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl. In some embodiments, R2 is a substituted or unsubstituted pyridazinyl. In some embodiments, R2 is a substituted or unsubstituted pyrimidinyl. In some embodiments, R2 is a substituted or unsubstituted thienyl. In some embodiments, R2 is a substituted or unsubstituted furyl. In some embodiments, R2 is an unsubstituted pyridyl. In some embodiments, R2 is an unsubstituted pyridazinyl. In some embodiments, R2 is an unsubstituted pyrimidinyl. In some embodiments, R2 is an unsubstituted thienyl. In some embodiments, R2 is a chloro-substituted thienyl. In some embodiments, R2 is an unsubstituted furyl. In some embodiments, R2 is a substituted or unsubstituted morpholinyl. In some embodiments, R2 is a substituted or unsubstituted oxanyl. In some embodiments, R2 is a substituted or unsubstituted oxetanyl. In some embodiments, R2 is an unsubstituted morpholinyl. In some embodiments, R2 is an unsubstituted oxanyl. In some embodiments, R2 is an unsubstituted oxetanyl. In some embodiments, R2 is substituted or unsubstituted benzodioxinyl. In some embodiments, R2 is substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl. In some embodiments, R2 is unsubstituted benzodioxinyl. In some embodiments, R2 is unsubstituted naphthyl. In some embodiments, R2 is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl. In some embodiments, Y is fluorine.
- Exemplary compounds, e.g., multisubstituted aromatic compounds, in accordance with the present disclosure are provided herein. In Table A following, compound (Cmpd) number, chemical name (i.e., International Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry [IUPAC] name), molecular weight (MWcalc calculated mass) and biological activity (i.e., inhibition activity in a thrombin assay) are disclosed.
- For Table A following, the disclosed compounds were assayed for inhibition of the protease activity of thrombin as described herein. In Table A, the level of inhibition in the thrombin assay is indicated as follows: a: IC50≤0.1 μM; b: 0.1 μM≤IC50<1 μM; c: IC50≥1 μM. Accordingly, in some embodiments, there is provided a compound as expressly set forth in Table A following.
-
TABLE A Cmpd Thrombin No. IUPAC Name MW Activity 1 1-(5-[(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)methyl]amino-3-(1-[5- 648 a (dimethylamino)naphthalen-1-yl]sulfonylpiperidin-4-yl)-4- fluoro-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-3-hydroxy-2,2-dimethylpropan-1-one 2 1-(5-[(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)methyl]amino-4-fluoro-3-(5- 462 c hydroxy-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-yl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)- 2,2-dimethylpropan-1-one 3 1-(5-[(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)methyl]amino-4-fluoro-3-(oxan- 400 a 4-yl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-2,2-dimethylpropan-1-one 4 1-(5-[(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)methyl]amino-4-fluoro-3-(oxan- 416 a 4-yl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-3-hydroxy-2,2-dimethylpropan-1-one 5 1-(5-[(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)methyl]amino-4-fluoro-3-(oxan- 430 a 4-yl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-3-methoxy-2,2-dimethylpropan-1-one 6 1-(5-[(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)methyl]amino-4-fluoro-3- 399 a (piperidin-4-yl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-2,2-dimethylpropan-1-one 7 1-(5-[(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)methyl]amino-4-fluoro-3- 415 a (piperidin-4-yl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-2-methoxy-2-methylpropan- 1-one 8 1-(5-[(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)methyl]amino-4-fluoro-3- 415 a (piperidin-4-yl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-3-hydroxy-2,2- dimethylpropan-1-one 9 1-(5-[(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)methyl]amino-4-fluoro-3- 429 a (piperidin-4-yl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-3-methoxy-2,2- dimethylpropan-1-one 10 1-(5-[(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)methyl]amino-4-fluoro-3-phenyl- 392 a 1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-2,2-dimethylpropan-1-one 11 1-(5-[(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)methyl]amino-4-fluoro-3-phenyl- 394 a 1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-2-hydroxy-2-methylpropan-1-one 12 1-(5-[(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)methyl]amino-4-fluoro-3-phenyl- 408 a 1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-2-methoxy-2-methylpropan-1-one 13 1-(5-[(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)methyl]amino-4-fluoro-3-phenyl- 466 a 1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-3-(2-methoxyethoxy)-2,2-dimethylpropan-1- one 14 1-(5-[(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)methyl]amino-4-fluoro-3-phenyl- 408 a 1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-3-hydroxy-2,2-dimethylpropan-1-one 15 1-(5-[(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)methyl]amino-4-fluoro-3-phenyl- 422 a 1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-3-methoxy-2,2-dimethylpropan-1-one 16 1-[4-(5-[(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)methyl]amino-1-(2,2- 475 a dimethylpropanoyl)-4-fluoro-1H-pyrazol-3- yl)phenyl]pyrrolidin-2-one 17 1-[4-(5-[(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)methyl]amino-1-(2,3-dihydro- 553 a 1,4-benzodioxine-5-carbonyl)-4-fluoro-1H-pyrazol-3- yl)phenyl]pyrrolidin-2-one 18 1-[4-(5-[(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)methyl]amino-4-fluoro-1-(2- 540 c methoxybenzoyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)phenyl]-2,2,2- trifluoroethan-1-ol 19 1-[4-(5-[(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)methyl]amino-4-fluoro-1-(2- 525 a methoxybenzoyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)phenyl]pyrrolidin-2-one 20 1-[4-(5-[(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)methyl]amino-4-fluoro-1- 485 c (furan-3-carbonyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)phenyl]pyrrolidin-2-one 21 1-[4-(5-[(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)methyl]amino-4-fluoro-1H- 399 b pyrazol-3-yl)piperidine-1-carbonyl]cyclopropan-1-ol 22 1-[5-(benzylamino)-4-fluoro-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl]- 352 a 2,2-dimethylpropan-1-one 23 1-[5-(benzylamino)-4-fluoro-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl]-2,2- 351 a dimethylpropan-1-one 24 1-benzoyl-N-[(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)methyl]-4-fluoro-3- 420 a (oxan-4-yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 25 1-benzoyl-N-[(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)methyl]-4-fluoro-5- 420 c (oxan-4-yl)-1H-pyrazol-3-amine 26 2-(5-[(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)methyl]amino-4-fluoro-3-phenyl- 661 b 1H-pyrazole-1-carbonyl)phenyl 5- (dimethylamino)naphthalene-1-sulfonate 27 4-(5-[(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)methyl]amino-4-fluoro-3-phenyl- 661 c 1H-pyrazole-1-carbonyl)phenyl 5- (dimethylamino)naphthalene-1-sulfonate 28 4-[4-(5-[(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)methyl]amino-1-(2,2- 491 a dimethylpropanoyl)-4-fiuoro-1H-pyrazol-3- yl)phenyl]morpholin-3-one 29 6-(5-[(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)methyl]amino-1-(2,2- 460 a dimethylpropanoyl)-4-fluoro-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)-1,2,3,4- tetrahydronaphthalen-1-one 30 6-(5-[(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)methyl]amino-4-fiuoro-1-(2- 512 c methoxybenzoyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)-1,2,3,4- tetrahydronaphthalen-1-ol 31 6-(5-[(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)methyl]amino-4-fluoro-1-(2- 510 a methoxybenzoyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)-1,2,3,4- tetrahydronaphthalen-1-one 32 N-[(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)methyl]-1-(2,3-dihydro-1,4- 478 a benzodioxine-5-carbonyl)-4-fluoro-3-(oxan-4-yl)-1H-pyrazol- 5-amine 33 N-[(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)methyl]-1-(2,3-dihydro-1,4- 477 a benzodioxine-5-carbonyl)-4-fluoro-3-(piperidin-4-yl)-1H- pyrazol-5-amine 34 N-[(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)methyl]-1-(2,3-dihydro-1,4- 470 a benzodioxine-5-carbonyl)-4-fluoro-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-5- amine 35 N-[(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)methyl]-1-(2,3-dihydro-1,4- 478 c benzodioxine-5-carbonyl)-4-fluoro-5-(oxan-4-yl)-1H-pyrazol- 3-amine 36 N-[(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)methyl]-1-(2,4-dimethoxybenzoyl)- 480 a 4-fluoro-3-(oxan-4-yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 37 N-[(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)methyl]-1-(2,4-dimethoxybenzoyl)- 479 a 4-fluoro-3-(piperidin-4-yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 38 N-[(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)methyl]-1-(2,4-dimethoxybenzoyl)- 472 a 4-fluoro-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 39 N-[(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)methyl]-1-(2,4-dimethoxybenzoyl)- 480 c 4-fluoro-5-(oxan-4-yl)-1H-pyrazol-3-amine 40 N-[(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)methyl]-3-(1-[5- 682 c (dimethylamino)naphthalen-1-yl]sulfonylpiperidin-4-yl)-4- fluoro-1-(2-methoxybenzoyl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 41 N-[(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)methyl]-4-fluoro-1-(2- 450 a methoxybenzoyl)-3-(oxan-4-yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 42 N-[(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)methyl]-4-fluoro-1-(2- 449 a methoxybenzoyl)-3-(piperidin-4-yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 43 N-[(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)methyl]-4-fluoro-1-(2- 443 a methoxybenzoyl)-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 44 N-[(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)methyl]-4-fluoro-1-(2- 442 a methoxybenzoyl)-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 45 N-[(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)methyl]-4-fluoro-1-(2- 450 c methoxybenzoyl)-5-(oxan-4-yl)-1H-pyrazol-3-amine 46 N-[(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)methyl]-4-fluoro-1-(3- 406 c methyloxetane-3-carbonyl)-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 47 N-[(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)methyl]-4-fluoro-1-(4-methyloxane- 442 a 4-carbonyl)-3-(oxan-4-yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 48 N-[(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)methyl]-4-fluoro-1-(4-methyloxane- 434 a 4-carbonyl)-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 49 N-[(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)methyl]-4-fluoro-1-(furan-3- 410 a carbonyl)-3-(oxan-4-yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 50 N-[(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)methyl]-4-fluoro-1-(furan-3- 409 a carbonyl)-3-(piperidin-4-yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 51 N-[(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)methyl]-4-fluoro-1-(furan-3- 402 a carbonyl)-3-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 52 N-[(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)methyl]-4-fluoro-1-[4-(2- 494 a methoxyethoxy)benzoyl]-3-(oxan-4-yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 53 N-[(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)methyl]-4-fluoro-1-[4-(morpholin-4- 505 a yl)benzoyl]-3-(oxan-4-yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 54 N-[(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)methyl]-4-fluoro-3-(oxan-4-yl)-1- 426 a (thiophene-3-carbonyl)-1H-pyrazol-5-amine 55 N-[(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)methyl]-5-(1-[5- 682 c (dimethylamino)naphthalen-1-yl]sulfonylpiperidin-4-yl)-4- fluoro-1-(2-methoxybenzoyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-amine 56 N-[(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)methyl]-N-[4-fluoro-3-(5-oxo- 510 c 5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-2-yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-yl]-2- methoxybenzamide 57 N-[4-(5-[(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)methyl]amino-4-fluoro-3- 667 a (piperidin-4-yl)-1H-pyrazole-1-carbonyl)phenyl]-5- (dimethylamino)naphthalene-1-sulfonamide 58 N-[4-(5-[(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)methyl]amino-4-fluoro-3- 660 a phenyl-1H-pyrazole-1-carbonyl)phenyl]-5- (dimethylamino)naphthalene-1-sulfonamide 59 N-benzyl-4-fluoro-1-(2-methoxybenzoyl)-3-(pyridin-2-yl)-1H- 402 a pyrazol-5-amine 60 N-benzyl-4-fluoro-1-(2-methoxybenzoyl)-3-phenyl-1H- 401 a pyrazol-5-amine 61 [1-(5-[(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)methyl]amino-4-fluoro-3-(oxan- 414 a 4-yl)-1H-pyrazole-1-carbonyl)cyclopropyl]methanol 62 [1-(5-[(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)methyl]amino-4-fluoro-3-phenyl- 406 a 1H-pyrazole-1-carbonyl)cyclopropyl]methanol - Compounds disclosed herein also include racemic mixtures, stereoisomers and mixtures of the compounds, including isotopically-labeled and radio-labeled compounds. See e.g., Goding, 1986, M
ONOCLONAL ANTIBODIES PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE ; Academic Press, p. 104. Such isomers can be isolated by standard resolution techniques, including e.g., fractional crystallization, chiral chromatography, and the like. See e.g., Eliel, E. L. & Wilen S. H., 1993, STEREOCHEMISTRY IN ORGANIC COMPOUNDS ; John Wiley & Sons, New York. - In some embodiments, compounds disclosed herein have asymmetric centers and can occur as racemates, racemic mixtures, and as individual enantiomers or diastereoisomers, with all isomeric forms as well as mixtures thereof being contemplated for use in the compounds and methods described herein. The compounds contemplated for use in the compounds and methods described herein do not include those that are known in the art to be too unstable to synthesize and/or isolate.
- The compounds disclosed herein can also contain unnatural proportions of atomic isotopes at one or more of the atoms that constitute such compounds. For example, the compounds can be radiolabeled with radioactive isotopes, such as for example tritium (3H), iodine-125 (125I), or carbon-14 (14C). All isotopic variations of the compounds disclosed herein, whether radioactive or not, are encompassed within the contemplated scope.
- In some embodiments, metabolites of the compounds disclosed herein are useful for the methods disclosed herein.
- In some embodiments, compounds contemplated herein are provided in the form of a prodrug. The term “prodrug” refers to a compound that can be converted into a compound (e.g., a biologically active compound) described herein in vivo. Prodrugs can be useful for a variety of reason known in the art, including e.g., ease of administration due e.g., to enhanced bioavailable in oral administration, and the like. The prodrug can also have improved solubility in pharmaceutical compositions over the biologically active compounds. An example, without limitation, of a prodrug is a compound which is administered as an ester (i.e., the “prodrug”) to facilitate transmittal across a cell membrane where water solubility is detrimental to mobility but which then is metabolically hydrolyzed to the carboxylic acid, the active entity, once inside the cell where water-solubility is beneficial. Conventional procedures for the selection and preparation of suitable prodrug derivatives are described, for example, in DESIGN OF PRODRUGS, (ed. H. Bundgaard, Elsevier, 1985), which is hereby incorporated herein by reference for the limited purpose describing procedures and preparation of suitable prodrug derivatives.
- Accordingly, in some embodiments, compounds contemplated herein are provided in the form of a prodrug ester. The term “prodrug ester” refers to derivatives of the compounds disclosed herein formed by the addition of any of a variety of ester-forming groups, e.g., groups known in the art, that are hydrolyzed under physiological conditions. Examples of prodrug ester groups include pivaloyloxymethyl, acetoxymethyl, phthalidyl, indanyl and methoxymethyl, as well as other such groups known in the art, including a (5-R-2-oxo-1,3-dioxolen-4-yl)methyl group. Other examples of prodrug ester groups can be found in, for example, T. Higuchi and V. Stella, in “Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems”, Vol. 14, A.C.S. Symposium Series, American Chemical Society (1975); and B
IOREVERSIBLE CARRIERS IN DRUG DESIGN : THEORY AND APPLICATION , edited by E. B. Roche, Pergamon Press: New York, 14-21 (1987) (providing examples of esters useful as prodrugs for compounds containing carboxyl groups). Each of the above-mentioned references is herein incorporated by reference for the limited purpose of disclosing ester-forming groups that can form prodrug esters. - In some embodiments, prodrugs can be slowly converted to the compounds described herein useful for the methods described herein when placed in a transdermal patch reservoir with a suitable enzyme or chemical reagent.
- Certain compounds disclosed herein can exist in unsolvated forms as well as solvated forms, including hydrated forms. In general, the solvated forms are equivalent to unsolvated forms and are encompassed within the scope of contemplated compounds. Certain compounds of the present invention can exist in multiple crystalline or amorphous forms. In general, all physical forms are equivalent for the compounds and methods contemplated herein and are intended to be within the scope disclosed herein.
- In some embodiments, compounds described herein exhibit inhibitory activity against thrombin with activities ≥1 μM, e.g., about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100 μM, or even greater. In some embodiments, the compounds exhibit inhibitory activity against thrombin with activities between 0.1 μM and 1 μM, e.g., about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9 or 1.0 μM. In some embodiments, compounds described herein exhibit inhibitory activity against thrombin with activities ≤0.1 μM, e.g., about 1, 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, or 100 nM. Ranges of values using a combination of any of the values recited herein as upper and/or lower limits are also contemplated, for example, but not limited to, 1-10 nM, 10-100 nM, 0.1-1 μM, 1-10 μM, 10-100 μM, 100-200 μM, 200-500 μM, or even 500-1000 μM. In some embodiments, the inhibitory activity is in the range of about 1-10 nM, 10-100 nM, 0.1-1 μM, 1-10 μM, 10-100 μM, 100-200 μM, 200-500 μM, or even 500-1000 μM. It is understood that for purposes of quantification, the terms “activity,” “inhibitory activity,” “biological activity,” “thrombin activity” and the like in the context of an inhibitory compound disclosed herein can be quantified in a variety of ways known in the art. Unless indicated otherwise, as used herein such terms refer to IC50 in the customary sense (i.e., concentration to achieve half-maximal inhibition).
- Inhibitory activity against thrombin in turn inhibits the blood coagulation process. Accordingly, compounds disclosed herein are indicated in the treatment or management of thrombotic disorders. In some embodiments, a dose or a therapeutically effective dose of a compound disclosed herein will be that which is sufficient to achieve a plasma concentration of the compound or its active metabolite(s) within a range set forth herein, e.g., about 1-10 nM, 10-100 nM, 0.1-1 μM, 1-10 μM, 10-100 μM, 100-200 μM, 200-500 μM, or even 500-1000 μM, preferably about 1-10 nM, 10-100 nM, or 0.1-1 μM. Without wishing to be bound by any theory, it is believe that such compounds are indicated in the treatment or management of thrombotic disorders.
- Thrombosis.
- Thrombotic diseases are the primary indications for thrombin inhibition, because of thrombin's location in the coagulation cascade and, in turn, the importance of the coagulation cascade in the progression of blood clotting processes. However, without wishing to be bound by any theory, it is believed the coagulation cascade in general, and thrombin in particular, is important in a variety other disease states.
- It has been discovered that compounds described herein, e.g., multisubstituted aromatic compounds, exhibit inhibitory action against thrombin (activated blood-coagulation factor II; EC 3.4.21.5). This, in turn inhibits the blood coagulation process.
- This inhibitory action is useful in the treatment of a variety of thrombotic disorders, such as, but not limited to, acute vascular diseases such as acute coronary syndromes; venous-, arterial- and cardiogenic thromboembolisms; the prevention of other states such as disseminated intravascular coagulation, or other conditions that involve the presence or the potential formation of a blood clot thrombus. Other indications for methods described herein include the following.
- Cancer.
- It has long been recognized that cancer progression is accompanied by venous thrombosis, but it has not been understood how each disease is related. From several clinical trials studying the treatment of VTE, metaanalyses have shown that low molecular weight heparins (LMWHs) improve overall survival in subgroups of cancer patients. See e.g., Zacharski, L. R. & Lee, A. Y., 2008, Expert Opin Investig Drugs, 17:1029-1037; Falanga, A. & Piccioli, A., 2005, Current Opinion in Pulmonary Medicine, 11:403-407; Smorenburg, S. M., et al., 1999, Thromb Haemost, 82:1600-1604; Hettiarachchi, R. J., et al., 1999, Thromb Haemost, 82:947-952. This finding was substantiated in later clinical trials that measured specifically the survival of cancer patients. See e.g., Lee, A. Y. et al., 2005, J Clin Oncol, 23:2123-2129; Klerk, C. P. et al., J Clin Oncol 2005, 23:2130-2135; Kakkar, A. K., et al., 2004, J Clin Oncol, 22:1944-1948; Altinbas, M., et al., 2004, J Thromb Haemost, 2:1266-1271.
- More recently, researchers have focused on the specific anticancer effect of DTIs. For example, it was shown that heparin significantly prolonged the survival of patients with limited small cell lung cancer. See e.g., Akl, E. A., et al., 2008, J Exp Clin Cancer Res, 27:4. Other investigators found that systemic use of argatroban reduced tumor mass and prolonged survival time in rat glioma models leading to the conclusion that argatroban should be considered as a novel therapeutic for glioma, a notoriously difficult to treat cancer type. See e.g., Hua, Y., et al., 2005, Acta Neurochir, Suppl 2005, 95:403-406; Hua, Y., et al., 2005, J Thromb Haemost, 3:1917-1923. Very recently, it was demonstrated that dabigatran etexilate, a DTI recently FDA-approved (see e.g., Hughes, B., 2010, Nat Rev Drug Discov, 9:903-906) for DVT indications, inhibited both the invasion and metastasis of malignant breast tumors. See e.g., DeFeo, K. et al., 2010, Thrombosis Research, 125 (Supplement 2): S188-S188; Defeo, K., et al., 2010, Cancer Biol Ther, 10:1001-1008. Thus, dabigatran etexilate treatment led to a 50% reduction in tumor volume at 4 weeks with no weight loss in treated mice. Dabigatran etexilate also reduced tumor cells in the blood and liver micrometastases by 50-60%. These investigators concluded that dabigatran etexilate can be beneficial in not only preventing thrombotic events in cancer patients, but also as adjunct therapy to treat malignant tumors.
- Further, hirudin and the LMWH nadroparin dramatically reduced the number of lung metastases when administered prior to cancer cell inoculation. See e.g., Hu, L., et al., 2004, Blood, 104:2746-51.
- The de novo thrombin inhibitor d-Arg-Oic-Pro-d-Ala-Phe(p-Me) has been found to block thrombin-stimulated invasion of prostate cancer cell line PC-3 in a concentration dependent manner. See e.g., Nieman, M. T., et al., 2008, J Thromb Haemost, 6:837-845. A reduced rate of tumor growth was observed in mice dosed with the pentapeptide through their drinking water. The mice also showed reduced fold rate in tumor size and reduced overall tumor weight compared to untreated mice. Microscopic examination of treated tumors showed reduced number of large blood vessels thus concluding that the pentapeptide interfered with tumor angiogenesis. Nieman, M. T., et al., Thromb Haemost, 104:1044-8.
- In view of these and related studies, it is suggested that anticoagulants affect tumor metastasis; that is, angiogenesis, cancer cell adhesion, migration and invasion processes. See e.g., Van Noorden, C. J., et al., 2010, Thromb Res, 125 Suppl 2:S77-79.
- Fibrosis.
- Several studies have shown the utility of anticoagulant therapy in fibrotic disorders. For example, in a rat model of CCl4-induced chronic liver injury, the DTI SSR182289 decreased liver fibrogenesis significantly after 7 weeks of administration. Similar observations were made in other studies using the LMWHs nadroparin, tinzaparin, enoxaparin, and dalteparin sodium. See e.g., Duplantier, J. G., et al., 2004, Gut, 53:1682-1687; Abdel-Salam, O. M., et al., 2005, Pharmacol Res, 51:59-67; Assy, N., et al., 2007, Dig Dis Sci, 52:1187-1193; Abe, W., et al., 2007, J Hepatol, 46:286-294.
- In another example, the DTI melagatran greatly reduced ischemia reperfusion injury in a kidney transplant model in the large white pig. This led to a drastically improved kidney graft survival at 3 months. See e.g., Favreau, F., et al., 2010, Am J Transplant, 10:30-39.
- Recent studies have shown that in a bleomycin-induced mouse model of pulmonary fibrosis, dabigatran etexilate treatment reduced important profibrotic events in lung fibroblasts, including the production of collagen and connective tissue growth factor. See e.g., Silver, R. M., et al., 2010, Am. J Respir. Crit. Care Med., 181:A6780; Bogatkevich, G. S., et al., 2009, Arthritis Rheum, 60:3455-3464.
- The above experimental evidence points to a close relationship between thrombin and fibrosis and suggests novel therapeutic opportunities for fibrosis using thrombin inhibitors. See e.g., Calvaruso, V., et al., 2008, Gut, 57:1722-1727; Chambers, R. C., 2008, Br J Pharmacol, 153 Suppl 1:S367-378; Chambers, R. C. & Laurent, G. J., 2002, Biochem Soc Trans, 30:194-200; Howell, D. C., et al., 2001, Am J Pathol, 159:1383-1395.
- Alzheimer's Disease.
- Very recent experiments confirm higher thrombin levels in brain endothelial cells of patients with Alzheimer's disease. While ‘normal’ thrombin levels are connected to regulatory CNS functions, thrombin accumulation in the brain is toxic. It has also been found that the neural thrombin inhibitor Protease Nexin 1 (PN-1) is significantly reduced in the Alzheimer's disease brain, despite the fact that PN-1 mRNA levels are unchanged. These observations have led some investigators to suggest that reduction of CNS-resident thrombin will prove useful in Alzheimer's Disease (AD) treatment. See e.g., Vaughan, P. J., et al., 1994, Brain Res, 668:160-170; Yin, X., et al., 2010, Am J Pathol, 176:1600-1606; Akiyama, H., et al., 1992, Neurosci Lett, 146:152-154.
- Multiple Sclerosis.
- Investigators found that hirudin treatment in an animal model of Multiple Sclerosis (MS) showed a dramatic improvement in disease severity. See e.g., Han, M. H., et al., 2008, Nature, 451:1076-1081. Similar results were obtained following treatment with heparin (a DTI) and dermatan sulfate another coagulation inhibitor. See e.g., Chelmicka-Szorc, E. & Amason, B. G., 1972, Arch Neurol, 27:153-158; Inaba, Y., et al., 1999, Cell Immunol, 198:96-102. Other evidence shows that naturally occurring antithrombin III has anti-inflammatory effects in diseases such as endotoxemia and other sepsis-related conditions. See e.g., Wiedermann, C. J. & Romisch, J., 2002, Acta Med Austriaca, 29:89-92. Naturally occurring thrombin inhibitors are presumably synthesized in situ and have protective roles in CNS inflammation. Therefore, therapeutic thrombin inhibition has been proposed as a potential MS treatment. See e.g., Luo, W., et al., 2009, In:
THROMBIN , Maragoudakis, M. E.; Tsopanoglou, N. E., Eds. Springer New York: 2009; pp 133-159. - Pain.
- In a rat pain model with partial lesion of the sciatic nerve, intrathecal hirudin prevented the development of neuropathic pain and curbed pain responses for 7 days. The investigators found that following injury, neuropathic pain was mediated by thrombin generation, which in turn activated PAR-1 receptor in the spinal cord. Hirudin inhibited thrombin generation and ultimately led to pain relief. See e.g., Garcia, P. S., et al., 2010, Thromb Haemost, 103:1145-1151; Narita, M., et al., 2005, J Neurosci, 25:10000-10009. Researchers hypothesize that thrombin and the PARs are involved not just as part of the coagulation cascade, but in inflammation, nociception and neurodevelopment. Development of a DTI to intersect an unexploited pharmacology will lead to pain therapeutics distinct from opioids and NSAIDs, whose shortcomings are well documented. See e.g., Garcia 2010, Id.
- Accordingly, in a further aspect, there is provided a method for treating a disease or disorder in a subject in need thereof. The method includes administering a compound of any of Formulae (Ia), (Ib), (IIa) or (IIb) as disclosed herein, a compound as set forth in Table A, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, solvate, or prodrug thereof, or pharmaceutical composition thereof, to a subject in need thereof in an amount effective to treat the disease or disorder. The terms “therapeutically effective amount,” “amount effective to treat,” “amount effective to prevent” and the like refer to that amount of drug or pharmaceutical agent (e.g., compound or pharmaceutical composition disclosed herein) that will elicit the biological or medical response of a tissue, system, animal, or human that is being sought by a researcher, veterinarian, medical doctor or other clinician.
- In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is a thrombotic disease or disorder. In some embodiments, the thrombotic disease or disorder is acute coronary syndrome, venous thromboembolism, arterial thromboembolism or cardiogenic thromboembolism. In some embodiments, the thrombotic disease or disorder is acute coronary syndrome. In some embodiments, the thrombotic disease or disorder is venous thromboembolism. In some embodiments, the thrombotic disease or disorder is arterial thromboembolism. In some embodiments, the thrombotic disease or disorder is cardiogenic thromboembolism.
- In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is fibrosis, Alzheimer's Disease, multiple sclerosis, pain, or cancer. In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is Alzheimer's Disease. In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is multiple sclerosis.
- In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is fibrosis. In some embodiments contemplating fibrosis, the method is directed to treating chronic liver injury. In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is ischemia reperfusion injury. In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is pulmonary fibrosis.
- In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is pain. In some embodiments, the pain is neuropathic pain.
- In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is cancer. In some embodiments, the cancer is limited small cell lung cancer. In some embodiments, the cancer is a glioma. In some embodiments, the cancer is malignant breast cancer. In some embodiments, the cancer is a micrometastasis. In some embodiments, the micrometastasis is of the blood or liver. In some embodiments, the cancer is a lung metastasis. In some embodiments, the cancer is prostatic cancer.
- In another aspect, there is provided a method for preventing a disease or disorder in a subject. The method includes administering a compound of any of Formulae (Ia), (Ib), (IIa) or (IIb) as disclosed herein, compound as set forth in Table A herein, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, solvate, or prodrug thereof, or pharmaceutical composition thereof, to a subject in need thereof in an amount effective to prevent the disease or disorder.
- In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is a thrombotic disorder. In some embodiments, the thrombotic disorder is acute coronary syndrome, venous thromboembolism, arterial thromboembolism or cardiogenic thromboembolism. In some embodiments, the thrombotic disease or disorder is disseminated intravascular coagulation. In some embodiments, the thrombotic disorder involves the presence or the potential formation of a blood clot thrombus.
- Yet further to this aspect, in some embodiments, the disease or disorder is fibrosis, Alzheimer's Disease, multiple sclerosis, pain, or cancer. In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is fibrosis. In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is Alzheimer's Disease. In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is multiple sclerosis. In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is pain. In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is cancer.
- Compounds described herein can be assayed, by a variety of methods known in the art and described herein, for inhibition of biological activity, e.g., protease activity, of a variety of proteins, e.g., thrombin. For example, the protease activity of such proteins, e.g., thrombin, can be monitored using a chromophoric substrate, e.g., a p-nitroanilide peptide substrate, which upon hydrolysis releases p-nitroanilide, which in turn gives rise to a color change which can be determined spectrophotometrically. See e.g., Lottenberg, R, et al., 1983, Biochemica et Biophysica Acta, 752:539-557. Accordingly, the change in color can be monitored with a spectrophotometer at e.g., 405 nm to provide a signal which is directly proportional to the proteolytic activity of the enzyme.
- The thrombin activity reported herein (e.g., Table A) was obtained as follows. Human thrombin was obtained from Haematologic Technologies Inc. The chromogenic substrate S-2238 was obtained from DiaPharma. Thrombin was assayed in buffer containing 0.05 M Tris (pH 7.4), 0.015 M NaCl and 0.01% PEG-8000. The final concentration of enzyme used was 3 nM thrombin. The final concentration of substrate used was 125 μM S-2238 for thrombin. All assays were performed in 96-well microtiter plates at room temperature (RT). The enzyme and inhibitor were pre-incubated for 10 minutes then substrate was added and read at 405 nm in a SpectraMax Plus Spectrophotometer (Molecular Devices). Inhibitor IC50 values were determined by adding test compound as ten point, three-fold serial dilutions in buffer solution, as known in the art. The plate was read at 10 minutes after substrate addition. The IC50 was calculated by plotting the percent (%) inhibition against compound concentration and fitting the data to a constrained four parameter sigmoidal curve, as known in the art.
- In another aspect, there is provided a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound disclosed herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. The compound is a compound of any of Formulae (Ia), (Ib), (IIa) or (IIb) as disclosed herein, a compound as set forth in Table A herein, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, solvate, or prodrug thereof. In some embodiments, the compound is set forth in Table A herein.
- The term “pharmaceutically acceptable salts” is meant to include salts of the active compounds that are prepared with relatively nontoxic acids or bases, depending on the particular substituents found on the compounds described herein. When compounds disclosed herein contain relatively acidic functionalities, base addition salts can be obtained by contacting the neutral form of such compounds with a sufficient amount of the desired base, either neat or in a suitable inert solvent. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts include sodium, potassium, calcium, ammonium, organic amino, or magnesium salt, or a similar salt. When compounds disclosed herein contain relatively basic functionalities, acid addition salts can be obtained by contacting the neutral form of such compounds with a sufficient amount of the desired acid, either neat or in a suitable inert solvent. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts include those derived from inorganic acids like hydrochloric, hydrobromic, nitric, carbonic, monohydrogencarbonic, phosphoric, monohydrogenphosphoric, dihydrogenphosphoric, sulfuric, monohydrogensulfuric, hydriodic, or phosphorous acids and the like, as well as the salts derived from relatively nontoxic organic acids like acetic, propionic, isobutyric, maleic, malonic, benzoic, succinic, suberic, fumaric, lactic, mandelic, phthalic, benzenesulfonic, p-tolylsulfonic, citric, tartaric, oxalic, methanesulfonic, and the like. Also included are salts of amino acids such as arginate and the like, and salts of organic acids like glucuronic or galactunoric acids and the like (see, for example, Berge et al., “Pharmaceutical Salts”, Journal of Pharmaceutical Science, 1977, 66, 1-19). Certain specific compounds disclosed herein contain both basic and acidic functionalities that allow the compounds to be converted into either base or acid addition salts.
- Compounds disclosed herein can exist as salts, such as with pharmaceutically acceptable acids. Accordingly, the compounds contemplated herein include such salts. Examples of such salts include hydrochlorides, hydrobromides, sulfates, methanesulfonates, nitrates, maleates, acetates, citrates, fumarates, tartrates (e.g., (+)-tartrates, (−)-tartrates, or mixtures thereof including racemic mixtures), succinates, benzoates, and salts with amino acids such as glutamic acid. These salts can be prepared by methods known to those skilled in the art.
- The neutral forms of the compounds are preferably regenerated by contacting the salt with a base or acid and isolating the parent compound in the conventional manner. The parent form of the compound differs from the various salt forms in certain physical properties, such as solubility in polar solvents.
- Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds above, where a basic or acidic group is present in the structure, are also included within the scope of compounds contemplated herein. When an acidic substituent is present, such as —NHSO3H, —COOH and —P(O)(OH)2, there can be formed the ammonium, sodium, potassium, calcium salt, and the like, for use as the dosage form. Basic groups, such as amino or basic heteroaryl radicals, or pyridyl and acidic salts, such as hydrochloride, hydrobromide, acetate, maleate, palmoate, methanesulfonate, p-toluenesulfonate, and the like, can be used as the dosage form.
- Also, in the embodiments in which R—COOH is present, pharmaceutically acceptable esters can be employed, e. g., methyl, ethyl, tert-butyl, pivaloyloxymethyl, and the like, and those esters known in the art for modifying solubility or hydrolysis characteristics for use as sustained release or prodrug formulations.
- A. Formulations
- The compounds disclosed herein can be prepared and administered in a wide variety of oral, parenteral, and topical dosage forms. Thus, the compounds can be administered by injection (e.g. intravenously, intramuscularly, intracutaneously, subcutaneously, intraduodenally, or intraperitoneally). Also, the compounds described herein can be administered by inhalation, for example, intranasally. Additionally, the compounds disclosed herein can be administered transdermally. It is also envisioned that multiple routes of administration (e.g., intramuscular, oral, transdermal) can be used to administer the compounds disclosed herein. In some embodiments, the compounds disclosed herein can be administered orally as tablets, aqueous or oily suspensions, lozenges, troches, powders, granules, emulsions, capsules, syrups or elixirs. The composition for oral use can contain one or more agents selected from the group of sweetening agents, flavoring agents, coloring agents and preserving agents in order to produce pharmaceutically elegant and palatable preparations. Accordingly, there are also provided pharmaceutical compositions comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient and one or more compounds disclosed herein.
- In some embodiments, tablets contain the acting ingredient in admixture with non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable excipients that are suitable for the manufacture of tablets. These excipients can be, for example, (1) inert diluents, such as calcium carbonate, lactose, calcium phosphate, carboxymethylcellulose, or sodium phosphate; (2) granulating and disintegrating agents, such as corn starch or alginic acid; (3) binding agents, such as starch, gelatin or acacia; and (4) lubricating agents, such as magnesium stearate, stearic acid or talc. These tablets can be uncoated or coated by known techniques to delay disintegration and absorption in the gastrointestinal tract and thereby provide a sustained action over a longer period. For example, a time delay material such as glyceryl monostearate or glyceryl distearate can be employed.
- For preparing pharmaceutical compositions from the compounds disclosed herein, pharmaceutically acceptable carriers can be either solid or liquid. Solid form preparations include powders, tablets, pills, capsules, cachets, suppositories, and dispersible granules. A solid carrier can be one or more substance that can also act as diluents, flavoring agents, binders, preservatives, tablet disintegrating agents, or an encapsulating material.
- A compound disclosed herein, in the form of a free compound or a pharmaceutically-acceptable pro-drug, metabolite, analogue, derivative, solvate or salt, can be administered, for in vivo application, parenterally by injection or by gradual perfusion over time. Administration can be intravenously, intraperitoneally, intramuscularly, subcutaneously, intracavity, or transdermally. For in vitro studies the compounds can be added or dissolved in an appropriate biologically acceptable buffer and added to a cell or tissue.
- In powders, the carrier is a finely divided solid in a mixture with the finely divided active component. In tablets, the active component is mixed with the carrier having the necessary binding properties in suitable proportions and compacted in the shape and size desired.
- The powders and tablets preferably contain from 5% to 70% of the active compound. Suitable carriers are magnesium carbonate, magnesium stearate, talc, sugar, lactose, pectin, dextrin, starch, gelatin, tragacanth, methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, a low melting wax, cocoa butter, and the like. The term “preparation” is intended to include the formulation of the active compound with encapsulating material as a carrier providing a capsule in which the active component with or without other carriers, is surrounded by a carrier, which is thus in association with it. Similarly, cachets and lozenges are included. Tablets, powders, capsules, pills, cachets, and lozenges can be used as solid dosage forms suitable for oral administration.
- For preparing suppositories, a low melting wax, such as a mixture of fatty acid glycerides or cocoa butter, is first melted and the active component is dispersed homogeneously therein, as by stirring. The molten homogeneous mixture is then poured into convenient sized molds, allowed to cool, and thereby to solidify.
- Liquid form preparations include solutions, suspensions, and emulsions, for example, water or water/propylene glycol solutions. For parenteral injection, liquid preparations can be formulated in solution in aqueous polyethylene glycol solution.
- When parenteral application is needed or desired, particularly suitable admixtures for the compounds disclosed herein are injectable, sterile solutions, preferably oily or aqueous solutions, as well as suspensions, emulsions, or implants, including suppositories. In particular, carriers for parenteral administration include aqueous solutions of dextrose, saline, pure water, ethanol, glycerol, propylene glycol, peanut oil, sesame oil, polyoxyethylene-block polymers, and the like. Ampoules are convenient unit dosages. The compounds disclosed herein can also be incorporated into liposomes or administered via transdermal pumps or patches. Pharmaceutical admixtures suitable for use in the pharmaceuticals compositions and methods disclosed herein include those described, for example, in P
HARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES (17th Ed., Mack Pub. Co., Easton, Pa.) and WO 96/05309, the teachings of both of which are hereby incorporated by reference. - In some embodiments, preparations for parenteral administration include sterile aqueous or non-aqueous solutions, suspensions, and emulsions. Examples of non-aqueous solvents are propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, vegetable oils such as olive oil, and injectable organic esters such as ethyl oleate. Aqueous carriers include water, alcoholic/aqueous solutions, emulsions or suspensions, including saline and buffered media. Parenteral vehicles include sodium chloride solution, Ringer's dextrose, dextrose and sodium chloride, lactated Ringer's intravenous vehicles include fluid and nutrient replenishers, electrolyte replenishers (such as those based on Ringer's dextrose), and the like. Preservatives and other additives can also be present such as, for example, antimicrobials, anti-oxidants, chelating agents, growth factors and inert gases and the like.
- Aqueous solutions suitable for oral use can be prepared by dissolving the active component in water and adding suitable colorants, flavors, stabilizers, and thickening agents as desired. Aqueous suspensions suitable for oral use can be made by dispersing the finely divided active component in water with viscous material, such as natural or synthetic gums, resins, methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, and other well-known suspending agents.
- Also included are solid form preparations that are intended to be converted, shortly before use, to liquid form preparations for oral administration. Such liquid forms include solutions, suspensions, and emulsions. These preparations can contain, in addition to the active component, colorants, flavors, stabilizers, buffers, artificial and natural sweeteners, dispersants, thickeners, solubilizing agents, and the like.
- The pharmaceutical preparation is preferably in unit dosage form. In such form the preparation is subdivided into unit doses containing appropriate quantities of the active component. The unit dosage form can be a packaged preparation, the package containing discrete quantities of preparation, such as packeted tablets, capsules, and powders in vials or ampoules. Also, the unit dosage form can be a capsule, tablet, cachet, or lozenge itself, or it can be the appropriate number of any of these in packaged form.
- The quantity of active component in a unit dose preparation can be varied or adjusted from 0.1 mg to 10000 mg, more typically 1.0 mg to 1000 mg, most typically 10 mg to 500 mg, according to the particular application and the potency of the active component. The composition can, if desired, also contain other compatible therapeutic agents.
- Some compounds can have limited solubility in water and therefore can require a surfactant or other appropriate co-solvent in the composition. Such co-solvents include: Polysorbate 20, 60, and 80; Pluronic F-68, F-84, and P-103; cyclodextrin; and polyoxyl 35 castor oil. Such co-solvents are typically employed at a level between about 0.01% and about 2% by weight.
- Viscosity greater than that of simple aqueous solutions can be desirable to decrease variability in dispensing the formulations, to decrease physical separation of components of a suspension or emulsion of formulation, and/or otherwise to improve the formulation. Such viscosity building agents include, for example, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, methyl cellulose, hydroxy propyl methylcellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose, hydroxy propyl cellulose, chondroitin sulfate and salts thereof, hyaluronic acid and salts thereof, and combinations of the foregoing. Such agents are typically employed at a level between about 0.01% and about 2% by weight.
- The compositions disclosed herein can additionally include components to provide sustained release and/or comfort. Such components include high molecular weight, anionic mucomimetic polymers, gelling polysaccharides, and finely-divided drug carrier substrates. These components are discussed in greater detail in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,911,920; 5,403,841; 5,212,162; and 4,861,760. The entire contents of these patents are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety for all purposes.
- By the present, there are provided methods for ameliorating wound healing and for mediating tissue repair (including but not limited to treatment of peripheral and coronary vascular disease). According to these methods, a subject having a wound or in need of tissue repair, is treated at the site of the wound or damaged tissue or treated systemically, with a compound disclosed herein in the form of a free compound or a pharmaceutically-acceptable prodrug, metabolite, analogue, derivative, solvate or salt.
- Generally, the terms “treating”, “treatment” and the like are used herein to mean affecting a subject, tissue or cell to obtain a desired pharmacologic and/or physiologic effect. The effect can be prophylactic in terms of completely or partially preventing a disease or disorder or sign or symptom thereof, and/or can be therapeutic in terms of a partial or complete cure for a disorder and/or adverse effect attributable to it. “Treating” as used herein covers any treatment of, or prevention of a disease or disorder in a vertebrate, a mammal, particularly a human, and includes: (a) preventing the disease or disorder from occurring in a subject that can be predisposed to the disease or disorder, but has not yet been diagnosed as having it; (b) inhibiting the disease or disorder, i. e., arresting its development; or (c) relieving or ameliorating the disease or disorder, i. e., cause regression of the disease or disorder.
- There are provided various pharmaceutical compositions useful for ameliorating diseases and disorders, including thrombosis. In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is a thrombotic disorder. In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is acute coronary syndrome, venous thromboembolism, arterial thromboembolism or cardiogenic thromboembolism. In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is fibrosis. In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is Alzheimer's Disease. In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is multiple sclerosis. In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is pain. In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is cancer. The pharmaceutical compositions according to one embodiment are prepared by formulating a compound disclosed herein in the form of a free compound or a pharmaceutically-acceptable pro-drug, metabolite, analogue, derivative, solvate or salt, either alone or together with other pharmaceutical agents, suitable for administration to a subject using carriers, excipients and additives or auxiliaries. Frequently used carriers or auxiliaries include magnesium carbonate, titanium dioxide, lactose, mannitol and other sugars, talc, milk protein, gelatin, starch, vitamins, cellulose and its derivatives, animal and vegetable oils, polyethylene glycols and solvents, such as sterile water, alcohols, glycerol and polyhydric alcohols. Intravenous vehicles include fluid and nutrient replenishers.
- Preservatives include antimicrobial, anti-oxidants, chelating agents and inert gases. Other pharmaceutically acceptable carriers include aqueous solutions, non-toxic excipients, including salts, preservatives, buffers and the like, as described, for instance, in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 15th ed. Easton: Mack Publishing Co., 1405-1412, 1461-1487 (1975) and The National Formulary XIV., 14th ed. Washington: American Pharmaceutical Association (1975), the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference. The pH and exact concentration of the various components of the pharmaceutical composition are adjusted according to routine skills in the art. See e.g., Goodman and Gilman (eds.), 1990, T
HE PHARMACOLOGICAL BASIS FOR THERAPEUTICS (7th ed.). - The pharmaceutical compositions are preferably prepared and administered in dose units. Solid dose units are tablets, capsules and suppositories. For treatment of a subject, depending on activity of the compound, manner of administration, nature and severity of the disease or disorder, age and body weight of the subject, different daily doses can be used.
- Under certain circumstances, however, higher or lower daily doses can be appropriate. The administration of the daily dose can be carried out both by single administration in the form of an individual dose unit or else several smaller dose units and also by multiple administrations of subdivided doses at specific intervals.
- The pharmaceutical compositions contemplated herein can be administered locally or systemically in a therapeutically effective dose. Amounts effective for this use will, of course, depend on the severity of the disease or disorder and the weight and general state of the subject. Typically, dosages used in vitro can provide useful guidance in the amounts useful for in situ administration of the pharmaceutical composition, and animal models can be used to determine effective dosages for treatment of particular disorders.
- Various considerations are described, e. g., in Langer, 1990, Science, 249: 1527; Goodman and Gilman's (eds.), 1990, Id., each of which is herein incorporated by reference and for all purposes. Dosages for parenteral administration of active pharmaceutical agents can be converted into corresponding dosages for oral administration by multiplying parenteral dosages by appropriate conversion factors. As to general applications, the parenteral dosage in mg/m2 times 1.8=the corresponding oral dosage in milligrams (“mg”). As to oncology applications, the parenteral dosage in mg/m2 times 1.6=the corresponding oral dosage in mg. An average adult weighs about 70 kg. See e.g., Miller-Keane, 1992, E
NCYCLOPEDIA & DICTIONARY OF MEDICINE , NURSING & ALLIED HEALTH , 5th Ed., (W. B. Saunders Co.), pp. 1708 and 1651. - The method by which the compound disclosed herein can be administered for oral use would be, for example, in a hard gelatin capsule wherein the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid diluent, or soft gelatin capsule, wherein the active ingredient is mixed with a co-solvent mixture, such as PEG 400 containing Tween-20. A compound disclosed herein can also be administered in the form of a sterile injectable aqueous or oleaginous solution or suspension. The compound can generally be administered intravenously or as an oral dose of 0.1 ug to 20 mg/kg given, for example, every 3-12 hours.
- Formulations for oral use can be in the form of hard gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid diluent, for example, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin. They can also be in the form of soft gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with water or an oil medium, such as peanut oil, liquid paraffin or olive oil.
- Aqueous suspensions normally contain the active materials in admixture with excipients suitable for the manufacture of aqueous suspension. Such excipients can be (1) suspending agent such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, methyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, sodium alginate, polyvinylpyrrolidone, gum tragacanth and gum acacia; (2) dispersing or wetting agents which can be (a) naturally occurring phosphatide such as lecithin; (b) a condensation product of an alkylene oxide with a fatty acid, for example, polyoxyethylene stearate; (c) a condensation product of ethylene oxide with a long chain aliphatic alcohol, for example, heptadecaethylenoxycetanol; (d) a condensation product of ethylene oxide with a partial ester derived from a fatty acid and hexitol such as polyoxyethylene sorbitol monooleate, or (e) a condensation product of ethylene oxide with a partial ester derived from fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides, for example polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate.
- The pharmaceutical compositions can be in the form of a sterile injectable aqueous or oleagenous suspension. This suspension can be formulated according to known methods using those suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents that have been mentioned above. The sterile injectable preparation can also a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a non-toxic parenterally-acceptable diluent or solvent, for example, as a solution in 1,3-butanediol. Among the acceptable vehicles and solvents that can be employed are water, Ringer's solution, and isotonic sodium chloride solution. In addition, sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium. For this purpose, any bland fixed oil can be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides. In addition, fatty acids such as oleic acid find use in the preparation of injectables.
- A compound disclosed herein can also be administered in the form of suppositories for rectal administration of the drug. These compositions can be prepared by mixing the drug with a suitable non-irritating excipient that is solid at ordinary temperature but liquid at the rectal temperature and will therefore melt in the rectum to release the drug. Such materials include cocoa butter and polyethylene glycols.
- The compounds disclosed herein as used in the methods disclosed herein can also be administered in the form of liposome delivery systems, such as small unilamellar vesicles, large unilamellar vesicles, and multilamellar vesicles. Liposomes can be formed from a variety of phospholipids, such as cholesterol, stearylamine, or phosphatidylcholines.
- For topical use, creams, ointments, jellies, solutions or suspensions, etc., containing the compounds disclosed herein, are employed.
- In addition, some of the compounds disclosed herein can form solvates with water or common organic solvents. Such solvates are encompassed within the scope of the methods contemplated herein.
- B. Effective Dosages
- Pharmaceutical compositions provided herein include compositions wherein the active ingredient is contained in a therapeutically effective amount, i.e., in an amount effective to achieve its intended purpose. The actual amount effective for a particular application will depend, inter alia, on the condition being treated. For example, when administered in methods to treat thrombosis, such compositions will contain an amount of active ingredient effective to achieve the desired result (e.g. decreasing the extent of the thrombosis).
- The dosage and frequency (single or multiple doses) of compound administered can vary depending upon a variety of factors, including route of administration; size, age, sex, health, body weight, body mass index, and diet of the recipient; nature and extent of symptoms of the disease being treated (e.g., the disease responsive to inhibition of thrombin); presence of other diseases or other health-related problems; kind of concurrent treatment; and complications from any disease or treatment regimen. Other therapeutic regimens or agents can be used in conjunction with the methods and compounds disclosed herein.
- For any compound described herein, the therapeutically effective amount can be initially determined from a variety of techniques known in the art, e.g., biochemical characterization of inhibition of thrombin, cell culture assays, and the like. Target concentrations will be those concentrations of active compound(s) that are capable of decreasing thrombin enzymatic activity as measured, for example, using the methods described.
- Therapeutically effective amounts for use in humans can be determined from animal models. For example, a dose for humans can be formulated to achieve a concentration that has been found to be effective in animals. The dosage in humans can be adjusted by monitoring thrombin inhibition and adjusting the dosage upwards or downwards, as described above.
- Dosages can be varied depending upon the requirements of the patient and the compound being employed. The dose administered to a patient, in the context of the methods disclosed herein, should be sufficient to affect a beneficial therapeutic response in the patient over time. The size of the dose also will be determined by the existence, nature, and extent of any adverse side effects. Generally, treatment is initiated with smaller dosages, which are less than the optimum dose of the compound. Thereafter, the dosage is increased by small increments until the optimum effect under circumstances is reached. In some embodiments of a method disclosed herein, the dosage range is 0.001% to 10% w/v. In some embodiments, the dosage range is 0.1% to 5% w/v.
- Dosage amounts and intervals can be adjusted individually to provide levels of the administered compound effective for the particular clinical indication being treated. This will provide a therapeutic regimen that is commensurate with the severity of the individual's disease state.
- Utilizing the teachings provided herein, an effective prophylactic or therapeutic treatment regimen can be planned that does not cause substantial toxicity and yet is entirely effective to treat the clinical symptoms demonstrated by the particular patient. This planning should involve the careful choice of active compound by considering factors such as compound potency, relative bioavailability, patient body weight, presence and severity of adverse side effects, preferred mode of administration, and the toxicity profile of the selected agent.
- Accordingly, in some embodiments, dosage levels of the compounds disclosed herein as used in the present methods are of the order of e.g., about 0.1 mg to about 1 mg, about 1 mg to about 10 mg, about 0.5 mg to about 20 mg per kilogram body weight, an average adult weighing 70 kilograms, with a preferred dosage range between about 0.1 mg to about 20 mg per kilogram body weight per day (from about 0.7 mg to about 1.4 gm per patient per day). The amount of the compound disclosed herein that can be combined with the carrier materials to produce a single dosage will vary depending upon the host treated and the particular mode of administration. For example, a formulation intended for oral administration to humans can contain about 5 ug to 1 g of a compound disclosed herein with an appropriate and convenient amount of carrier material that can vary from about 5 to 95 percent of the total composition. Dosage unit forms will generally contain between from about 0.1 mg to 500 mg of a compound disclosed herein.
- It will be understood, however, that the specific dose level for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the specific compound employed, the age, body weight, general health, sex, diet, time of administration, route of administration, rate of excretion, drug combination and the severity of the particular disease undergoing therapy.
- C. Toxicity
- The ratio between toxicity and therapeutic effect for a particular compound is its therapeutic index and can be expressed as the ratio between LD50 (the amount of compound lethal in 50% of the population) and ED50 (the amount of compound effective in 50% of the population). Compounds that exhibit high therapeutic indices are preferred. Therapeutic index data obtained from in vitro assays, cell culture assays and/or animal studies can be used in formulating a range of dosages for use in humans. The dosage of such compounds preferably lies within a range of plasma concentrations that include the ED50 with little or no toxicity. The dosage can vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized. See, e.g. Fingl et al., In: T
HE PHARMACOLOGICAL BASIS OF THERAPEUTICS , Ch. 1, p. 1, 1975. The exact formulation, route of administration, and dosage can be chosen by the individual practitioner in view of the patient's condition and the particular method in which the compound is used. For in vitro formulations, the exact formulation and dosage can be chosen by the individual practitioner in view of the patient's condition and the particular method in which the compound is used. - The examples below are meant to illustrate certain embodiments of the invention and not to limit the scope of the invention. Abbreviations used herein have their conventional meaning in the art, unless indicated otherwise. Specific abbreviations include the following: Å=Ångström; Ac2O=acetic anhydride; AcOH=acetic acid; aq=aqueous; Bt=benzotriazole; BOC=N-tert-butoxycarbonyl; br=broad; t-BuOH=tert-butanol; ° C.=degree Celsius; d=doublet; DABCO=1,4-diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane; DCE=1,2-dichloroethane; DCM=dichloromethane; dd=doublet of doublets; DIEA=diethylisopropylamine; DMAP=4-dimethylaminopyridine; DMF=N,N-dimethylformamide; DMSO=dimethylsulfoxide; δ=chemical shift (given in ppm, unless otherwise indicated); EDCI=1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide; eq=equivalent; Et2O=diethyl ether; Et3N=triethylamine; EtOAc=ethyl acetate; EtOH=ethanol; g=gram; h (or hr)=hour; HOBt=hydroxybenzotriazole; HPLC=high performance liquid chromatography; Hz=Hertz; IC50=inhibitory concentration at 50% inhibition; J=coupling constant (given in Hz, unless otherwise indicated); LC=liquid chromatography; LHMDS=lithium hexamethyldisilazide; m=multiplet; M=molar; [M+H]+=parent mass spectrum peak plus H+; MS=mass spectrum; ms=molecular sieves; MP=melting point; Me2NH=dimethylamine; MeOH=methanol; mg=milligram; mL=milliliter; mM=millimolar; mmol=millimole; min=minute; μL=microliter; μM=micromolar; ng=nanogram; nM=nanomolar; NMR=nuclear magnetic resonance; ppm=parts per million; q=quartet; Rf=retention factor; RT=room temperature; s=singlet; t=triplet; TFA=trifluoroacetic acid; THF=tetrahydrofuran; TLC=thin layer chromatography.
- General Scheme I.
- A synthetic scheme useful for synthesis of compounds described herein is disclosed in General Scheme I following, wherein the terms “Rx”, “Ry”, and “Rz” are independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, or other groups obvious to those skilled in the art.
- The synthesis of Intermediate 1 followed General Procedure 1 following.
-
- To a cold (−78° C.) solution of benzoyl chloride (5.0 mmol, 1.0 eq) and fluoroacetonitrile (278 μL, 5.0 mmol, 1.0 eq) in dry THF (15 mL) was added a solution of LHMDS in THF (1 M, 10 mL, 10.0 mmol, 2.0 eq). The mixture was allowed to reach room temperature, and 1N HCl was added dropwise achieving pH 2. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford intermediate 1 in a form pure enough for the next step.
-
- General Procedure 1 was followed to obtain Intermediate 2. Thus, to a cold (−78° C.) solution of picolinoyl chloride (5.0 mmol, 1.0 eq) and fluoroacetonitrile (278 μL, 5.0 mmol, 1.0 eq) in dry THF (15 mL) was added a solution of LHMDS in THF (1 M, 10 mL, 10.0 mmol, 2.0 eq). The mixture was allowed to reach room temperature, and 1N HCl was added dropwise achieving pH 2. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford intermediate 2 in a form pure enough for the next step.
-
- General Procedure 1 was followed to obtain Intermediate 3. Thus, to a cold (−78° C.) solution of pyran-4-carbonyl chloride (5.0 mmol, 1.0 eq) and fluoroacetonitrile (278 μL, 5.0 mmol, 1.0 eq) in dry THF (15 mL) was added a solution of LHMDS in THF (1 M, 10 mL, 10.0 mmol, 2.0 eq). The mixture was allowed to reach room temperature, and 1N HCl was added dropwise achieving pH 2. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford intermediate 3 in a form pure enough for the next step.
- The synthesis of Intermediate 4 followed the procedure of General Procedure 2 following.
-
- To a solution of intermediate 1 (5.0 mmol) in ethanol (15 mL) was added hydrazine monohydrate (582 μL, 12.0 mmol, 2.4 eq). The reaction was heated at reflux for 18 h. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in dichloromethane (DCM) and washed with water. The organic phase was concentrated to give a crude product that was purified by silica column, yielding intermediate 4 as a light brown solid (0.56 g, 55%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ (ppm): 4.80 (s, 2H), 7.28-7.32 (m, 1H), 7.41-7.45 (m, 2H), 7.62-7.64 (m, 2H), 11.88 (s, 1H).
-
- General Procedure 2 was followed to convert Intermediate 2 to Intermediate 5
-
- General Procedure 2 was followed to convert Intermediate 3 to Intermediate 6
- The synthesis of Intermediate 7 followed the procedure of General Procedure 3 following.
-
- A solution of intermediate 4 (12.4 mmol) and benzaldehyde (24.8 mmol, 2 eq) in EtOH (20 mL) with molecular sieves (4 Å powder) was refluxed for 8 h. Then was added a catalytic quantity of AcOH, NaCNBH3 (1.6 g, 24.8 mmol, 2 eq) at 0° C. with stirring for 15 h at RT. The solvent was distilled off, and the residue was dissolved in EtOAc (200 mL) and filtered through a Celite® pad to remove inorganic materials. The filtrate was washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (2×20 mL), water (20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The resultant compound was purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) by using a solvent gradient of 0-10% MeOH—CHCl3 as the eluent to afford Intermediate 7.
-
- General Procedure 3 was followed to convert Intermediate 4 to Intermediate 8
- The synthesis of Compound 23 followed the procedure of General Procedure 4 following.
-
- Pivaloyl chloride was added to a solution of Intermediate 7 in triethylamine (3 mL) at RT and stirred for 5 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (5 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (20 mL). The organic layer washed with water (2×5 mL), saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (5 mL), brine (5 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) by using a gradient mixture of 0-30% EtOAc-hexane as the eluent to afford Compound 23 (33%). MP 105-106° C.; 1H NMR: (DMSO-d6) δ 7.77 (d, J=7.4 Hz, 2H), 7.56-7.60 (m, 1H), 7.41-7.52 (m, 3H), 7.33-7.38 (m, 4H), 7.25 (br s, 1H), 4.53 (d, J=6.2 Hz, 2H), 1.48 (s, 9H); MS: 352 [M+H]+.
-
- General Procedure 4 was followed to convert Intermediate 8 to Compound 10. Thus, pivaloyl chloride was added to a solution of Intermediate 8 in triethylamine (3 mL) at RT and stirred for 5 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (5 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (20 mL). The organic layer washed with water (2×5 mL), saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (5 mL), brine (5 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) by using a gradient mixture of 0-30% EtOAc-hexane as the eluent to afford Compound 10 (35%). 1H NMR: (CDCl3) δ 7.8-7.9 (m, 2H), 7.40-7.48 (m, 3H), 7.10-7.18 (m, 1H), 6.74-6.81 (m, 2H), 4.63 (d, J=6.2 Hz, 2H), 1.53 (s, 9H); MS: 392 [M+H]+.
-
- General Procedure 3 was followed to convert Intermediate 6 to Intermediate 9
-
- General Procedure 4 was followed to convert Intermediate 9 to Compound 3. Thus, pivaloyl chloride was added to a solution of Intermediate 9 in triethylamine (3 mL) at RT and stirred for 5 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (5 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (20 mL). The organic layer washed with water (2×5 mL), saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (5 mL), brine (5 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) by using a gradient mixture of 0-30% EtOAc-hexane as the eluent to afford Compound 3 (46%). 1H NMR: (CDCl3) δ 7.03 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 6.75 (br s, 2H), 4.54 (d, J=6.2 Hz, 2H), 4.01-4.06 (m, 2H), 3.50-3.57 (m, 2H), 2.89-2.93 (m, 1H), 1.87-1.91 (m, 4H), 1.44 (s, 9H); MS: 400 [M+H]+.
-
- General Procedure 3 was followed to convert Intermediate 5 to Intermediate 10
-
- General Procedure 4 was followed to convert Intermediate 10 to Compound 22. Thus, pivaloyl chloride was added to a solution of Intermediate 10 in triethylamine (3 mL) at RT and stirred for 5 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (5 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (20 mL). The organic layer washed with water (2×5 mL), saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (5 mL), brine (5 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) by using a gradient mixture of 0-30% EtOAc-hexane as the eluent to afford Compound 22 (40%). 1H NMR: (DMSO-d6) δ 8.6 (m, 1H), 7.83-7.91 (m, 2H), 7.55 (m, 1H), 7.25-7.45 (m, 6H), 4.52-4.54 (m, 2H), 1.48 (s, 9H); MS: 353.03 [M+H]+.
- The contents of all references, patents, and published applications cited herein are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety and for all purposes.
- While the invention has been described in detail with reference to certain preferred embodiments thereof, it will be understood that modifications and variations are within the spirit and scope of that which is described and claimed.
Claims (60)
1. A compound with structure of Formula (Ia):
or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, solvate, or prodrug thereof;
wherein
Ring A is substituted or unsubstituted pyrazolyl;
L1 and L3 are independently a bond, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, —S—, —SO—, —SO2—, —O—, —NHSO2—, or —NR4—;
L2 is absent, a bond, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, —S—, —SO—, —SO2—, —O—, —NHSO2—, or —NR4—;
R1 and R3 are independently hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted fused ring aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;
R2 is absent, hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted fused ring aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, provided that when L2 is absent, R2 is absent;
R4 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkenyl, and substituted or unsubstituted fused ring aryl or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; and
Y is a halogen.
2. The compound according to claim 1 , wherein L2 and R2 are absent.
4. The compound according to claim 3 , with structure of Formula (IIa), wherein L3 is a bond, or substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, and R3 is substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted fused ring aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, and Y is fluorine.
5. The compound according to claim 3 , with structure of Formula (IIa), wherein L3 is —C(O)O—, R3 is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, and Y is fluorine.
6. The compound according to claim 3 , with structure of Formula (IIa), wherein L3 is —C(O)NR5—, R5 is hydrogen or alkyl, R3 is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and Y is fluorine.
7. The compound according to claim 4 , wherein R3 is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl.
8. The compound according to claim 4 , wherein said heteroaryl is pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, thienyl, or furyl.
9. The compound according to claim 8 , wherein R3 is chloro-substituted thienyl.
10. The compound according to claim 4 , wherein said heterocycloalkyl is morpholinyl, oxanyl, or oxetanyl.
11. The compound according to claim 4 , wherein said fused ring aryl is benzodioxinyl or naphthyl.
12. The compound according to any of claims 4 to 11 , wherein L1 is a bond, —S—, —NR4—, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, and R1 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted fused ring aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl.
13. The compound according to claim 12 , wherein said heteroaryl is pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, thienyl, or furyl.
14. The compound according to claim 13 , wherein R1 is chloro-substituted thienyl.
15. The compound according to claim 12 , wherein said heterocycloalkyl is morpholinyl, oxanyl, or oxetanyl.
16. The compound according to claim 12 , wherein said fused ring aryl is benzodioxinyl or naphthyl.
17. The compound according to claim 12 , wherein R1 is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl.
18. The compound according to claim 4 , wherein L2 is a bond, and R2 is hydrogen.
19. The compound according to claim 4 , wherein L2 is substituted or unsubstituted alkylene or —C(O)—, and R2 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted fused ring aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
20. The compound according to claim 19 , wherein said heteroaryl is pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, thienyl, or furyl.
21. The compound according to claim 19 , wherein R2 is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl.
22. The compound according to claim 21 , wherein said heterocycloalkyl is morpholinyl, oxanyl, or oxetanyl.
23. The compound according to claim 19 , wherein said fused ring aryl is benzodioxinyl or naphthyl.
24. The compound according to claim 19 , wherein R2 is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl.
25. The compound according to claim 3 , with structure of Formula (IIb), wherein L3 is a bond, or substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, R3 is substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted fused ring aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, and Y is fluorine.
26. The compound according to claim 3 , with structure of Formula (IIb), wherein L3 is —C(O)O—, R3 is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, and Y is fluorine.
27. The compound according to claim 3 , with structure of Formula (IIb), wherein L3 is —C(O)NR5—, R5 is hydrogen or alkyl, R3 is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and Y is fluorine.
28. The compound according to claim 25 , wherein R3 is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl.
29. The compound according to claim 25 , wherein said heteroaryl is pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, thienyl, or furyl.
30. The compound according to claim 29 , wherein R3 is chloro-substituted thienyl.
31. The compound according to claim 25 , wherein said heterocycloalkyl is morpholinyl, oxanyl, or oxetanyl.
32. The compound according to claim 25 , wherein said fused ring aryl is benzodioxinyl or naphthyl.
33. The compound according to any of claims 25 to 32 , wherein L1 is a bond, —S—, —NR4—, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, and R1 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted fused ring aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl.
34. The compound according to claim 33 , wherein said heteroaryl is pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, thienyl, or furyl.
35. The compound according to claim 34 , wherein R1 is chloro-substituted thienyl.
36. The compound according to claim 33 , wherein said heterocycloalkyl is morpholinyl, oxanyl, or oxetanyl.
37. The compound according to claim 33 , wherein said fused ring aryl is benzodioxinyl or naphthyl.
38. The compound according to claim 33 , wherein R1 is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl.
39. The compound according to claim 25 , wherein L2 is a bond, and R2 is hydrogen.
40. The compound according to claim 25 , wherein L2 is substituted or unsubstituted alkylene or —C(O)—, and R2 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted fused ring aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
41. The compound according to claim 40 , wherein said heteroaryl is pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, thienyl, or furyl.
42. The compound according to claim 40 , wherein R2 is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl.
43. The compound according to claim 42 , wherein said heterocycloalkyl is morpholinyl, oxanyl, or oxetanyl.
44. The compound according to claim 40 , wherein said fused ring aryl is benzodioxinyl or naphthyl.
45. The compound according to claim 40 , wherein R2 is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl.
46. The compound according to any of claims 1 to 45 as set forth in Table A.
47. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound according to any of claims 1 to 45 , or a compound as set forth in Table A, and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
48. A method for treating a disease or disorder in a subject, comprising administering a compound according to any of claims 1 to 46 or a pharmaceutical composition according to claim 47 , to a subject in need thereof in an amount effective to treat said disease or disorder.
49. The method according to claim 48 , wherein said disease or disorder is a thrombotic disorder.
50. The method according to claim 49 , wherein said thrombotic disorder is acute coronary syndrome, venous thromboembolism, arterial thromboembolism or cardiogenic thromboembolism.
51. The method according to claim 48 , wherein said disease or disorder is fibrosis.
52. The method according to claim 48 , wherein said disease or disorder is Alzheimer's Disease.
53. The method according to claim 48 , wherein said disease or disorder is multiple sclerosis.
54. The method according to claim 48 , wherein said disease or disorder is pain.
55. The method according to claim 48 , wherein said disease or disorder is cancer.
56. A method for preventing a disease or disorder in a subject, comprising administering a compound according to any of claims 1 to 46 or a pharmaceutical composition according to claim 47 , to a subject in need thereof in an amount effective to prevent said disease or disorder.
57. The method according to claim 56 , wherein said disease or disorder is a thrombotic disorder.
58. The method according to claim 56 , wherein said thrombotic disorder is acute coronary syndrome, venous thromboembolism, arterial thromboembolism or cardiogenic thromboembolism.
59. The method according to claim 56 , wherein said thrombotic disorder is disseminated intravascular coagulation.
60. The method according to claim 56 , wherein said thrombotic disorder involves the presence or the potential formation of a blood clot thrombus.
Priority Applications (1)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US15/907,045 US20180186751A1 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2018-02-27 | Halogenopyrazoles as inhibitors of thrombin |
Applications Claiming Priority (5)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US201361789358P | 2013-03-15 | 2013-03-15 | |
| US201361899588P | 2013-11-04 | 2013-11-04 | |
| PCT/US2014/000058 WO2014149139A2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2014-03-17 | Halogenopyrazoles as inhibitors of thrombin |
| US201514776641A | 2015-09-14 | 2015-09-14 | |
| US15/907,045 US20180186751A1 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2018-02-27 | Halogenopyrazoles as inhibitors of thrombin |
Related Parent Applications (2)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/US2014/000058 Division WO2014149139A2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2014-03-17 | Halogenopyrazoles as inhibitors of thrombin |
| US14/776,641 Division US9951025B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2014-03-17 | Halogenopyrazoles as inhibitors of thrombin |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| US20180186751A1 true US20180186751A1 (en) | 2018-07-05 |
Family
ID=51538179
Family Applications (2)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US14/776,641 Active US9951025B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2014-03-17 | Halogenopyrazoles as inhibitors of thrombin |
| US15/907,045 Abandoned US20180186751A1 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2018-02-27 | Halogenopyrazoles as inhibitors of thrombin |
Family Applications Before (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US14/776,641 Active US9951025B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2014-03-17 | Halogenopyrazoles as inhibitors of thrombin |
Country Status (16)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| US (2) | US9951025B2 (en) |
| EP (1) | EP2970141B1 (en) |
| JP (3) | JP6479749B2 (en) |
| KR (1) | KR20150130405A (en) |
| CN (2) | CN110423221A (en) |
| AU (2) | AU2014238478B2 (en) |
| BR (1) | BR112015023214A8 (en) |
| CA (1) | CA2902431A1 (en) |
| ES (1) | ES2791749T3 (en) |
| HK (1) | HK1214252A1 (en) |
| IL (1) | IL240763B (en) |
| MX (1) | MX373646B (en) |
| RU (1) | RU2015144193A (en) |
| SG (2) | SG10201707486XA (en) |
| WO (2) | WO2014149139A2 (en) |
| ZA (1) | ZA201506440B (en) |
Families Citing this family (6)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| RU2015144193A (en) * | 2013-03-15 | 2017-04-24 | Версеон Корпорейшн | HALOGENPYRAZOLES AS THROMBINE INHIBITORS |
| BR112015022340A2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2017-07-18 | Verseon Corp | method for treating or preventing a kallikrein-related disease or disorder in a subject, compound, and pharmaceutical composition |
| JP2018506563A (en) * | 2015-02-27 | 2018-03-08 | ヴァーセオン コーポレイション | Substituted pyrazole compounds as serine protease inhibitors |
| BR112021020367A2 (en) | 2019-04-11 | 2021-12-07 | Angion Biomedica Corp | Solid forms of (e)-3-[2-(2-thienyl)vinyl]-1h-pyrazole |
| CN112062692A (en) * | 2019-06-11 | 2020-12-11 | 太仓市茜泾化工有限公司 | Preparation method of ethyl ethoxymethylene cyanoacetate |
| CN112986065B (en) * | 2021-02-08 | 2021-08-31 | 杭州同创医学检验实验室有限公司 | Whole blood quality control product for hematology analyzer and preparation method thereof |
Citations (5)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US188918A (en) * | 1877-03-27 | Improvement in towel-racks | ||
| US1323438A (en) * | 1919-12-02 | of niagara falls | ||
| WO2000071536A1 (en) * | 1999-05-20 | 2000-11-30 | E.I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Heteroaryloxypyrimidine insecticides and acaricides |
| US20110071289A1 (en) * | 2007-08-06 | 2011-03-24 | Dainippon Sumitomo Pharma Co., Ltd. | Aminopyrazole amide derivative |
| US20120110702A1 (en) * | 2010-11-03 | 2012-05-03 | Yap Maurice C H | Pesticidal Compositions and Processes Related Thereto |
Family Cites Families (106)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| BE627394A (en) | 1962-01-23 | |||
| BE793955A (en) | 1972-01-15 | 1973-07-12 | Merck Patent Gmbh | ARYLPIPERAZINES AND THEIR PREPARATION PROCESS |
| DE2409753A1 (en) | 1974-03-01 | 1975-09-11 | Basf Ag | SUBSTITUTED PYRAZOLES |
| US4256108A (en) | 1977-04-07 | 1981-03-17 | Alza Corporation | Microporous-semipermeable laminated osmotic system |
| US4160452A (en) | 1977-04-07 | 1979-07-10 | Alza Corporation | Osmotic system having laminated wall comprising semipermeable lamina and microporous lamina |
| US4265874A (en) | 1980-04-25 | 1981-05-05 | Alza Corporation | Method of delivering drug with aid of effervescent activity generated in environment of use |
| US4911920A (en) | 1986-07-30 | 1990-03-27 | Alcon Laboratories, Inc. | Sustained release, comfort formulation for glaucoma therapy |
| FR2588189B1 (en) | 1985-10-03 | 1988-12-02 | Merck Sharp & Dohme | LIQUID-GEL PHASE TRANSITION PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION |
| PH23506A (en) | 1986-05-23 | 1989-08-16 | Smithkline Beckman Corp | 1-aralkyl-substituted-1,2,4,-triazole-5-thiols as dopamine- -hydroxylase inhibitors |
| JPH089541B2 (en) | 1988-03-07 | 1996-01-31 | 三井東圧化学株式会社 | Brain edema inhibitor containing pyrazoles as the main component |
| JP2784925B2 (en) * | 1988-09-07 | 1998-08-13 | 日本農薬株式会社 | 3 or 5-phenylpyrazoles or salts thereof and herbicides |
| EP0495421B1 (en) | 1991-01-15 | 1996-08-21 | Alcon Laboratories, Inc. | Use of carrageenans in topical ophthalmic compositions |
| US5212162A (en) | 1991-03-27 | 1993-05-18 | Alcon Laboratories, Inc. | Use of combinations gelling polysaccharides and finely divided drug carrier substrates in topical ophthalmic compositions |
| JP3810097B2 (en) | 1993-01-15 | 2006-08-16 | 明治製菓株式会社 | Pyrrolidin-2-ylcarbonyl heterocyclic compound derivative |
| CA2276946A1 (en) * | 1993-11-30 | 1995-06-08 | G.D. Searle & Co. | Substituted pyrazolyl benzenesulfonamides and pharmaceutical compositions containing the same |
| US5466823A (en) * | 1993-11-30 | 1995-11-14 | G.D. Searle & Co. | Substituted pyrazolyl benzenesulfonamides |
| US6309853B1 (en) | 1994-08-17 | 2001-10-30 | The Rockfeller University | Modulators of body weight, corresponding nucleic acids and proteins, and diagnostic and therapeutic uses thereof |
| AU700964B2 (en) | 1994-11-10 | 1999-01-14 | Cor Therapeutics, Inc. | Pharmaceutical pyrazole compositions useful as inhibitors of protein kinases |
| US5733955A (en) | 1995-02-10 | 1998-03-31 | The Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company | Asphalt cement modification |
| JP3663522B2 (en) * | 1995-08-12 | 2005-06-22 | 日本農薬株式会社 | Composition for controlling plant growth and method of using the same |
| US5756529A (en) | 1995-09-29 | 1998-05-26 | G.D. Searle & Co. | Substituted pyrazolyl benzenesulfonamides for use in veterinary therapies |
| EP0802191A4 (en) | 1995-10-13 | 2001-08-01 | Otsuka Kagaku Kk | Pyrazole derivatives and insecticidal compositions containing the same as active ingredient |
| CA2262686A1 (en) * | 1996-08-12 | 1998-02-19 | Mark E. Fraley | Thrombin inhibitors |
| US5792761A (en) * | 1996-08-12 | 1998-08-11 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Thrombin inhibitors |
| DE19632773A1 (en) | 1996-08-14 | 1998-02-19 | Basf Ag | New thrombin inhibitors |
| GB9622370D0 (en) | 1996-10-28 | 1997-01-08 | Merck Sharp & Dohme | Therapeutic agents |
| US5869500A (en) | 1996-12-13 | 1999-02-09 | Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. | Pyridone compounds useful in treating Alzheimer's disease |
| EP0946508B1 (en) * | 1996-12-23 | 2009-09-23 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Pharma Company | NITROGEN CONTAINING HETEROAROMATICS AS FACTOR Xa INHIBITORS |
| JP2001518110A (en) | 1997-03-21 | 2001-10-09 | ノバルティス アクチェンゲゼルシャフト | Pyrazole derivatives as herbicides |
| TR200100426T2 (en) | 1998-08-11 | 2001-06-21 | Nihon Bayer Agrochem K.K. | Nematicide pyrazoles |
| KR20000047461A (en) | 1998-12-29 | 2000-07-25 | 성재갑 | Thrombin inhibitors |
| SE9900070D0 (en) | 1999-01-13 | 1999-01-13 | Astra Ab | New use |
| AR023510A1 (en) | 1999-04-21 | 2002-09-04 | Astrazeneca Ab | A TEAM OF PARTS, PHARMACEUTICAL FORMULATION AND USE OF A THROMBIN INHIBITOR. |
| EA005373B1 (en) | 1999-08-12 | 2005-02-24 | Фармация Италия С.П.А. | Amino-pyrazole derivatives, process for their preparation and their use as antitumor agents |
| HUP0203954A2 (en) | 1999-09-17 | 2003-03-28 | Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Inhibitors of factor xa |
| US6632815B2 (en) | 1999-09-17 | 2003-10-14 | Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Inhibitors of factor Xa |
| CA2390113A1 (en) | 1999-12-02 | 2001-06-07 | Maurizio Schwarzenbach | Aminoheterocyclylamides as pesticides and antiparasitic agents |
| WO2002000651A2 (en) | 2000-06-27 | 2002-01-03 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Pharma Company | Factor xa inhibitors |
| WO2002092573A2 (en) | 2001-05-16 | 2002-11-21 | Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated | Heterocyclic substituted pyrazoles as inhibitors of src and other protein kinases |
| US6589997B2 (en) | 2001-06-29 | 2003-07-08 | North Shore-Long Island Jewish Health System | Small-molecule modulators of hepatocyte growth factor/scatter factor activities |
| SI21097A (en) | 2001-12-04 | 2003-06-30 | Univerza V Ljubljani | Thrombine inhibitors |
| WO2003062206A2 (en) * | 2002-01-23 | 2003-07-31 | Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Small molecule modulators of the 5-ht2a serotonin receptor useful for the prophylaxis and treatment of disorders related thereto |
| SE0200198D0 (en) | 2002-01-23 | 2002-01-23 | Astrazeneca Ab | New use |
| JP2003313103A (en) * | 2002-02-20 | 2003-11-06 | Sankyo Agro Kk | Pesticides containing 4-acylaminopyrazole derivatives as active ingredients |
| GB0214139D0 (en) | 2002-06-19 | 2002-07-31 | Glaxo Group Ltd | Chemical compounds |
| DE10229070A1 (en) | 2002-06-28 | 2004-01-15 | Merck Patent Gmbh | Phenyl derivatives 5 |
| MXPA05001592A (en) | 2002-08-09 | 2005-05-05 | Astrazeneca Ab | Oxadiazoles as modulators of metabotropic glutamate receptor-5. |
| AU2003274025A1 (en) | 2002-10-17 | 2004-05-04 | Syngenta Participations Ag | Pyridine derivatives useful as herbicides |
| US7192976B2 (en) | 2002-12-21 | 2007-03-20 | Angion Biomedica Corporation | Small molecule modulators of hepatocyte growth factor (scatter factor) activity |
| CA2511321A1 (en) | 2002-12-23 | 2004-07-08 | Aventis Pharma Deutschland Gmbh | Pyrazole-derivatives as factor xa inhibitors |
| WO2004058722A1 (en) | 2002-12-24 | 2004-07-15 | Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Diarylamine and arylheteroarylamine pyrazole derivatives as modulators of 5ht2a |
| JP2004231528A (en) * | 2003-01-28 | 2004-08-19 | Sankyo Agro Kk | Amide derivatives |
| GB0308318D0 (en) | 2003-04-10 | 2003-05-14 | Merck Sharp & Dohme | Therapeutic agents |
| ATE482200T1 (en) * | 2003-05-01 | 2010-10-15 | Bristol Myers Squibb Co | ARYL-SUBSTITUTED PYRAZOLAMIDE COMPOUNDS SUITABLE AS KINASE INHIBITORS |
| ATE410161T1 (en) * | 2003-05-02 | 2008-10-15 | Elan Pharm Inc | 4-BROMO-5-(2-CHLORO-BENZOYLAMINO)-1H-PYRAZOLE-3- CARBOXYROMIDE DERIVATIVES AND RELATED COMPOUNDS AS BRADYKININ B1 RECEPTOR ANTAGONISTS FOR THE TREATMENT OF INFLAMMATORY DISEASES |
| EP1479679A1 (en) * | 2003-05-19 | 2004-11-24 | Aventis Pharma Deutschland GmbH | Triazole-derivatives as factor Xa inhibitors |
| US7223780B2 (en) | 2003-05-19 | 2007-05-29 | Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh | Triazole-derivatives as blood clotting enzyme factor Xa inhibitors |
| JP2007513058A (en) | 2003-09-08 | 2007-05-24 | 武田薬品工業株式会社 | Dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitor |
| SG146624A1 (en) | 2003-09-11 | 2008-10-30 | Kemia Inc | Cytokine inhibitors |
| EP1667983A4 (en) | 2003-09-23 | 2010-07-21 | Merck Sharp & Dohme | PYRAZOLE MODULATORS OF METABOTROPIC GLUTAMATE RECEPTORS |
| TW200526588A (en) | 2003-11-17 | 2005-08-16 | Smithkline Beecham Corp | Chemical compounds |
| US20080188527A1 (en) | 2003-12-23 | 2008-08-07 | Cashman John R | Synthetic Compounds and Derivatives as Modulators of Smoking or Nicotine Ingestion and Lung Cancer |
| JP5319113B2 (en) * | 2004-03-26 | 2013-10-16 | メチルジーン インコーポレイテッド | Inhibitors of histone deacetylase |
| US7235530B2 (en) | 2004-09-27 | 2007-06-26 | Dyax Corporation | Kallikrein inhibitors and anti-thrombolytic agents and uses thereof |
| CA2594488C (en) | 2005-01-10 | 2015-04-28 | University Of Connecticut | Novel heteropyrrole analogs acting on cannabinoid receptors |
| JPWO2006109846A1 (en) | 2005-04-06 | 2008-11-20 | 武田薬品工業株式会社 | Triazole derivatives and uses thereof |
| GB0507577D0 (en) | 2005-04-14 | 2005-05-18 | Novartis Ag | Organic compounds |
| CN100427481C (en) | 2005-05-26 | 2008-10-22 | 沈阳化工研究院 | A kind of aryl ether compound and its preparation and application |
| US20090227588A1 (en) | 2005-12-05 | 2009-09-10 | Roman Wolfgang Fleck | Substituted pyrazole compounds useful as soluble epoxide hyrolase inhibitors |
| DE102006032824A1 (en) * | 2006-07-14 | 2008-01-17 | Bayer Healthcare Ag | Substituted indazoles |
| AR061996A1 (en) | 2006-07-17 | 2008-08-10 | Boehringer Ingelheim Int | INDICATIONS FOR DIRECT THROMBIN INHIBITORS IN THE CARDIOVASCULAR FIELD |
| WO2008016883A2 (en) | 2006-07-31 | 2008-02-07 | Activesite Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Inhibitors of plasma kallikrein |
| WO2008023235A1 (en) * | 2006-08-25 | 2008-02-28 | Pfizer Products Inc. | Pyrazole derivatives as anti-platelet and anti-thrombotic agents |
| EP2096111A1 (en) | 2006-11-20 | 2009-09-02 | Japan Tobacco Inc. | Pyrazoles and use thereof as drugs |
| WO2008063888A2 (en) | 2006-11-22 | 2008-05-29 | Plexxikon, Inc. | Compounds modulating c-fms and/or c-kit activity and uses therefor |
| WO2008061796A2 (en) * | 2006-11-24 | 2008-05-29 | Ac Immune Sa | Compounds for the treatment of diseases associated with amyloid or amyloid-like proteins |
| JP2010513519A (en) | 2006-12-22 | 2010-04-30 | ミレニアム・ファーマシューティカルズ・インコーポレイテッド | Certain pyrazoline derivatives with kinase inhibitor activity |
| UY30892A1 (en) * | 2007-02-07 | 2008-09-02 | Smithkline Beckman Corp | AKT ACTIVITY INHIBITORS |
| WO2008105383A1 (en) | 2007-02-26 | 2008-09-04 | Toray Industries, Inc. | Pyrazole derivative and use thereof for medical purposes |
| GB0714129D0 (en) | 2007-07-19 | 2007-08-29 | Smithkline Beecham Corp | compounds |
| EP2196459B1 (en) | 2007-09-28 | 2016-11-02 | Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited | 5-membered heterocyclic compound |
| WO2009086303A2 (en) | 2007-12-21 | 2009-07-09 | University Of Rochester | Method for altering the lifespan of eukaryotic organisms |
| EP2259679A4 (en) | 2008-01-31 | 2011-09-14 | Joslin Diabetes Ct | METHOD FOR THE TREATMENT OF CALLIQUE CLEANING DISORDERS |
| JP2011511806A (en) | 2008-02-07 | 2011-04-14 | マサチューセッツ・アイ・アンド・イア・インファーマリー | Compounds that enhance Atoh1 expression |
| CN102088973A (en) | 2008-05-15 | 2011-06-08 | 杜克大学 | Compositions and methods relating to heat shock transcription factor activating compounds and targets thereof |
| TW201008930A (en) | 2008-05-19 | 2010-03-01 | Schering Corp | Heterocyclic compounds as factor IXa inhibitors |
| CA2767331A1 (en) | 2008-07-10 | 2010-01-14 | Angion Biomedica Corp. | Methods and compositions of small molecule modulators of hepatocyte growth factor (scatter factor) activity |
| US8273900B2 (en) * | 2008-08-07 | 2012-09-25 | Novartis Ag | Organic compounds |
| AU2009281457A1 (en) * | 2008-08-14 | 2010-02-18 | Bayer Cropscience Ag | Insecticidal 4-phenyl-1H-pyrazoles |
| EP2328581A1 (en) | 2008-08-19 | 2011-06-08 | Boehringer Ingelheim International GmbH | Use of dabigatranetexilate for treating patients with pulmonary hypertension |
| KR20110044230A (en) | 2008-08-19 | 2011-04-28 | 베링거 인겔하임 인터내셔날 게엠베하 | Dabigatran for Percutaneous Mediated Cardiac Catheterization |
| JP2012500244A (en) | 2008-08-19 | 2012-01-05 | ベーリンガー インゲルハイム インターナショナル ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツング | Dabigatran in tumor therapy |
| WO2010127855A1 (en) | 2009-05-07 | 2010-11-11 | Grünenthal GmbH | Substituted aromatic carboxamide and urea derivatives as vanilloid receptor ligands |
| KR101955691B1 (en) * | 2010-03-30 | 2019-03-07 | 베르선 코포레이션 | Multisubstituted aromatic compounds as inhibitors of thrombin |
| CN101851207B (en) | 2010-06-11 | 2012-01-25 | 扬州康伊尔医药科技有限公司 | Antiviral compound intermediate 1-acyl-pyrazol-3-carboxylic acid and preparation method thereof |
| US20130137865A1 (en) * | 2010-08-11 | 2013-05-30 | Taisho Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | Heteroaryl-pyrazole derivative |
| WO2012065019A2 (en) | 2010-11-12 | 2012-05-18 | Exelixis, Inc. | Pyridopyrimidinone inhibitors of p13k alpha |
| US8691861B2 (en) | 2011-04-13 | 2014-04-08 | Activesite Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Prodrugs of inhibitors of plasma kallikrein |
| WO2012154880A1 (en) * | 2011-05-09 | 2012-11-15 | Proteostasis Therapeutics, Inc. | Proteostasis regulators for treating cystic fibrosis and other protein misfolding diseases |
| BR112013029163A2 (en) | 2011-05-17 | 2017-01-31 | Plexxikon Inc | kinase modulation and indications thereof |
| WO2013039985A2 (en) | 2011-09-12 | 2013-03-21 | The Johns Hopkins University | Serine protease inhibitors |
| WO2013049591A2 (en) | 2011-09-29 | 2013-04-04 | Verseon Corporation | Dual inhibitor compounds and methods of use thereof |
| EP3112363A1 (en) | 2011-12-27 | 2017-01-04 | Ironwood Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | 2-[1-[(2-fluorophenyl)methyl]-5-(3-isoxazolyl)-1h-pyrazol-3-yl]-pyrimidine derivatives and related compounds as soluble guanylate cyclase (sgc) stimulators for the treatment of pulmonary hypertension |
| EP2807157A1 (en) | 2012-01-27 | 2014-12-03 | Novartis AG | 5-membered heteroarylcarboxamide derivatives as plasma kallikrein inhibitors |
| RU2015144193A (en) * | 2013-03-15 | 2017-04-24 | Версеон Корпорейшн | HALOGENPYRAZOLES AS THROMBINE INHIBITORS |
| BR112015022340A2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2017-07-18 | Verseon Corp | method for treating or preventing a kallikrein-related disease or disorder in a subject, compound, and pharmaceutical composition |
-
2014
- 2014-03-17 RU RU2015144193A patent/RU2015144193A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2014-03-17 CN CN201910623548.4A patent/CN110423221A/en active Pending
- 2014-03-17 BR BR112015023214A patent/BR112015023214A8/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2014-03-17 EP EP14769269.3A patent/EP2970141B1/en active Active
- 2014-03-17 JP JP2016500154A patent/JP6479749B2/en active Active
- 2014-03-17 SG SG10201707486XA patent/SG10201707486XA/en unknown
- 2014-03-17 SG SG11201506757TA patent/SG11201506757TA/en unknown
- 2014-03-17 KR KR1020157027980A patent/KR20150130405A/en not_active Ceased
- 2014-03-17 MX MX2015011567A patent/MX373646B/en active IP Right Grant
- 2014-03-17 AU AU2014238478A patent/AU2014238478B2/en active Active
- 2014-03-17 HK HK16102083.6A patent/HK1214252A1/en unknown
- 2014-03-17 ES ES14769269T patent/ES2791749T3/en active Active
- 2014-03-17 WO PCT/US2014/000058 patent/WO2014149139A2/en not_active Ceased
- 2014-03-17 US US14/776,641 patent/US9951025B2/en active Active
- 2014-03-17 CN CN201480027721.XA patent/CN105209440B/en active Active
- 2014-03-17 CA CA2902431A patent/CA2902431A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2014-03-18 WO PCT/US2014/030937 patent/WO2014146059A1/en not_active Ceased
-
2015
- 2015-08-23 IL IL24076315A patent/IL240763B/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2015-09-02 ZA ZA2015/06440A patent/ZA201506440B/en unknown
-
2018
- 2018-02-27 US US15/907,045 patent/US20180186751A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2018-10-19 AU AU2018250514A patent/AU2018250514A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2019
- 2019-02-06 JP JP2019019308A patent/JP2019081782A/en active Pending
-
2020
- 2020-06-16 JP JP2020103499A patent/JP2020158522A/en active Pending
Patent Citations (5)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US188918A (en) * | 1877-03-27 | Improvement in towel-racks | ||
| US1323438A (en) * | 1919-12-02 | of niagara falls | ||
| WO2000071536A1 (en) * | 1999-05-20 | 2000-11-30 | E.I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Heteroaryloxypyrimidine insecticides and acaricides |
| US20110071289A1 (en) * | 2007-08-06 | 2011-03-24 | Dainippon Sumitomo Pharma Co., Ltd. | Aminopyrazole amide derivative |
| US20120110702A1 (en) * | 2010-11-03 | 2012-05-03 | Yap Maurice C H | Pesticidal Compositions and Processes Related Thereto |
Non-Patent Citations (2)
| Title |
|---|
| CAplus Registry Number RN 67897-88-5 Database Registry Chemical Abstracts Service, Columbus, Ohio, Accession no RN 67897-88-5, Entered STN 16 Nov 1984 * |
| CAplus Registry RN 67897-88-5 * |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| JP2016512243A (en) | 2016-04-25 |
| CN110423221A (en) | 2019-11-08 |
| EP2970141B1 (en) | 2020-02-26 |
| SG11201506757TA (en) | 2015-09-29 |
| EP2970141A2 (en) | 2016-01-20 |
| EP2970141A4 (en) | 2016-08-31 |
| WO2014149139A3 (en) | 2014-11-27 |
| CA2902431A1 (en) | 2014-09-25 |
| JP6479749B2 (en) | 2019-03-06 |
| US9951025B2 (en) | 2018-04-24 |
| WO2014149139A2 (en) | 2014-09-25 |
| BR112015023214A8 (en) | 2019-12-24 |
| IL240763B (en) | 2019-11-28 |
| CN105209440A (en) | 2015-12-30 |
| WO2014146059A1 (en) | 2014-09-18 |
| AU2014238478B2 (en) | 2018-07-19 |
| US20160046585A1 (en) | 2016-02-18 |
| JP2020158522A (en) | 2020-10-01 |
| MX2015011567A (en) | 2016-04-25 |
| IL240763A0 (en) | 2015-10-29 |
| MX373646B (en) | 2020-04-02 |
| JP2019081782A (en) | 2019-05-30 |
| ZA201506440B (en) | 2019-06-26 |
| ES2791749T3 (en) | 2020-11-05 |
| SG10201707486XA (en) | 2017-10-30 |
| HK1214252A1 (en) | 2016-07-22 |
| BR112015023214A2 (en) | 2017-07-18 |
| AU2018250514A1 (en) | 2018-11-15 |
| AU2014238478A1 (en) | 2015-09-10 |
| KR20150130405A (en) | 2015-11-23 |
| RU2015144193A (en) | 2017-04-24 |
| CN105209440B (en) | 2019-07-23 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| US10251872B2 (en) | Multisubstituted aromatic compounds as serine protease inhibitors | |
| US10653674B2 (en) | Multisubstituted aromatic compounds as inhibitors of thrombin | |
| US20180186751A1 (en) | Halogenopyrazoles as inhibitors of thrombin | |
| US20160251341A1 (en) | Substituted triazole compounds as serine protease inhibitors | |
| US20170326125A1 (en) | Multisubstituted aromatic compounds as inhibitors of thrombin | |
| HK1214142B (en) | Multisubstituted aromatic compounds as serine protease inhibitors |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED |
|
| STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: RESPONSE TO NON-FINAL OFFICE ACTION ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER |
|
| STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED |
|
| STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |
|
| AS | Assignment |
Owner name: VERSEON INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION, DELAWARE Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:VERSEON CORPORATION;REEL/FRAME:054145/0363 Effective date: 20201021 |